Category: Tự học Tiếng Anh

  • NỘI DUNG BỘ “ENGLISH VOCABULARY IN USE”

    NỘI DUNG BỘ “ENGLISH VOCABULARY IN USE”

    NỘI DUNG BỘ ENGLISH VOCABULARY IN USE

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    1. English Vocabulary In Use – Elementary


    Đây là cuốn sách cơ bản đầu tiên như tên gọi của nó. Sách cung cấp cho bạn:

    ➨ 60 bài bao gồm 2000 từ vựng cơ bản cho người mới bắt đầu

    ➨ Chủ đề quen thuộc hàng ngày như: Weather, Animals, Food and drink…

    ➨ Ví dụ minh họa, câu mẫu và bài tập thực hành những từ vựng đúng ngữ cảnh trong bài học

      

    Tải ngay bản PDF tại đây: English Vocabulary in Use Elementary

    2. English Vocabulary In Use – Pre-intermidiate & Intermidiate


    ➨ 100 bài học, mỗi bài học khoảng 25 từ vựng

    ➨ Các bài học ở bên trái, giải thích ở bên phải cùng 1 trang giấy nên rất thuận tiện tra cứu

    ➨ Liệt kê và hướng dẫn tránh lỗi 200 từ/cụm từ thường xuyên sai của những người học Tiếng Anh

    Tải ngay bản PDF tại đây: English Vocabulary in Use Pre Intermediate & Intermediate

    3. English Vocabulary In Use – Upper – Intermidiate


    ➨ 2000 từ và cụm từ (trung cấp) theo chủ đề

    ➨ Các từ vựng được minh họa theo từng ngữ cảnh sử dụng, có bài tập áp dụng và đáp án

    ➨ Không những bao gồm từ vựng thông dụng, cuốn sách còn mở rộng các từ vựng học thuật hơn

    Tải ngay bản PDF tại đây: English Vocabulary in Use Upper Intermediate

    4. English Vocabulary in Use Advanced


    ➨ 2000 từ vựng trong 100 bài học có giải thích, ví dụ và đáp án

    ➨ Có phần phụ lục các từ phát âm khó hay gặp trong Tiếng Anh

    ➨ Hướng dẫn cách sử dụng từ vựng giống người bản sứ nhất

    Tải ngay bản PDF tại đây: English Vocabulary in Use Advanced

    Bộ sách này được xuất bản và chịu trách nhiệm bởi trường Đại học Cambridge – trường Đại học nói tiếng Anh lâu năm thứ hai thế giới chỉ sau Oxford. Với nội dung chi tiết, logic đồng thời cung cấp những từ vựng thông dụng, từ vựng học thuật và những từ ngữ hay bị sử dụng sai, bộ sách này chính là “kim chỉ nam” về từ vựng cho người học Tiếng Anh. Hãy sử dụng bộ sách này đều đặn để cải thiện vốn từ hiệu quả nhé.

     


    Tải xuống tài liệu học tập PDF miễn phí

    [sociallocker id=”19555″] Tải Xuống Tại Đây [/sociallocker]


  • ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH CHUYÊN QUỐC HỌC HUẾ (2009-2010)

    ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH CHUYÊN QUỐC HỌC HUẾ (2009-2010)

    ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH CHUYÊN QUỐC HỌC HUẾ (2009-2010)

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Bộ đề thi môn Xác suất thống kê


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH CHUYÊN QUỐC HỌC HUẾ (2009-2010)

    ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH CHUYÊN QUỐC HỌC HUẾ (2009-2010)

    SỞ GIÁO DỤC-ĐÀO TẠO      KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 CHUYÊN QUỐC HỌC

         THỪA THIÊN HUẾ                                       Năm học 2009 – 2010

           MÔN: TIẾNG ANH

           ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC                          Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút

       (Đề thi gồm có 08 trang)

      ————————————————————————————————————————————————

                                                                                                    Mã phách:

     

    Giám khảo 1:(Họ tên & chữ ký)

     

     

    Điểm :……. / 100

    Điểm: ……../ 10

    Giám khảo 2:(Họ tên & chữ ký)

     

     

    Điểm bằng chữ:

    ————————————————————————————————————————————————–

     

    Ghi chú: thí sinh làm bài ngay trên đề thi, tuyệt đối không ghi gì vào phần trên.

     

    I. PRONUNCIATION (5 points)

    Part 1: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. (3 points)

    1. A. cheap B. character                      C. children                       D. church
    2. A. cough B. though                         C. rough                           D. tough
    3. A. tidal B. sight                              C. describe                       D. mineral

    Part 2:  Choose the word which is stressed differently from the others.  (2 points)

    1. A. jumper B. homework                    C. trousers                        D. machine
    2. A. dormitory B. category                       C. priority                          D. ordinary

    II. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY  ( 30 points)

    Part 1: Choose the best answer among A, B, C or D. (10 points)

    1. Hue is the city …….
    2. in which I was born.
    3. in that I was born.
    4. where I was born in.
    5. I was born.
    6. I didn’t have an umbrella , so I got wet.
    7. If I had had an umbrella, I wouldn’t get wet.
    8. If I had had an umbrella, I would get wet.
    9. I had had an umbrella, I wouldn’t have got wet.
    10. Had I had an umbrella, I wouldn’t have got wet.
    11. She was poor ……… honest.
    12. so                      B. but                            C. because                D. however
    13. I can’t stand …… in hot weather.
    14. to walk              B. walking                   C. walk                       D. to walking
    15. The coffee was too hot for me to drink.
    16. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink it.
    17. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink.
    18. The coffee was so hot that I couldn’t drink.
    19. The coffee was so hot that I couldn’t drink it.
    20. This is the best movie …… I have seen.
    21. which               B. where                      C. whose                   D. that
    22. You …… open the door before the train gets into the station. It’s very dangerous.
    23. must                  B. mustn’t                    C. should                   D. don’t have to
    24. English is a …… easy language to learn.
    25. compared           B. comparative            C. comparatively      D. comparable
    26. Let’s go somewhere else. There’s …… noise in this room.
    27. too many          B. too much                 C. enough                 D. too
    28. Nobody will go there, …… ?
    29.       will he                B. won’t he                  C. will they                D. won’t they

    Part 2:  Choose the correct word to complete each sentence. (10 points)

     

    advantage     agreement     argument                   attention        period

    complaint       contact           conversation             effect              use

    1. My teacher made a ……..………… about me to the principal.
    2. After lengthy negotiations they managed to come to an ……..………… .
    3. Lots of charities can make ……..………… of old clothing and other household goods.
    4. I had a stupid ……..………… with my brother about which TV programme to watch.
    5. I had a long ……..………… with Aunt Judith on the phone today.
    6. The constant sun is having a terrible ……..………… on my skin.
    7. Jill finally made ……..………… with her brother who was travelling in India.
    8. Rod decided to take ……..………… of the good weather and go for a long walk.
    9. It’s important to pay ……..………… to the road signs when driving in a foreign country.
    10. Sue felt that her time at college was the most exciting …………… of her life.

    Part 3: Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits in the space in the same line. The first one has been done for you (0). (10points)

                  EAT MORE FRUIT AND VEGETABLES

    A recent report on the (0)   eating    habits of children in Britain              EAT

    suggests that children from the age of three to sixteen show a

    strong (1) ……………………. for vegetables and only eat                                  LIKE

    (2) ………………………amounts of fruit and vegetables at Christmas.            SUFFICE

    One researcher says not eating (3) ……………………. may have                    PROPER

    serious consequences on a child’s (4) ………………………..and physical     SPEAK

    development, resulting in poorer performance at school. One

    (5) ……………………….. is to give children extra iron and vitamins but          SOLVE

    in the long run it is more (6) ……………………………if children get the           EFFECT

    right ingredients in their (7) ……………………………diet.                                    DAY

    (8) …………………………., parents choose food for their children that is        FORTUNATE

    quick and (9) ………………………….to prepare, rather than food which          CONVENIENCE

    is fresh and healthy. (10) ……………………….., it is difficult later to get          CONSEQUENCE

    children to change their habits.

    III. LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS (5 points)

    Choose the correct response (A, B, C, or D).

    1. “Cigarette?” – “_________”
    2. I smoke five cigarettes a day. B. It’s very expensive.
    3. Not really. D. No, thanks.
    4. “Is it far to the international airport from here?” –  “_________”
    5. Yeah, it’s pretty far. B. By taxi.
    6. None at all. D. Sure, no problem.
    7. “No one can play football as well as Bill.” – “_________”
    8. You’re right. He doesn’t play it well. B. Yes, he’s a professional player.
    9. No, de doesn’t like football.                   D. Yes, about once a week.
    10. “Would you mind turning down the volume?” – “_________”
    11. Of course. B. I’d be glad to. C. Not at all.              D. Yes, sure.
    12. “Why don’t you take a break?” – “_________”
    13. Because I’m tired. B. I don’t agree.
    14. Sure, go ahead.                                      D. I guess I should.

     

    IV. READING COMPREHENSION ( 30 points)

    Part 1: Read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each space. (10 points)

    GENDER GAP IN EDUCATION

    For many years now, British girls have performed much better in exams than boys. Most theories about the causes of this gap —(1)— the sexes have blamed the education   —(2)— . However, new research suggests that boys’ poor performance has nothing to do —(3)— internal practices at schools. Instead external factors, such as different learning styles and how children are —(4)—  up, have to be considered.

    For this —(5)—  ,many educationalists are now studying how boys and girls learn to read. They believe that, since reading is —(6)—  taught either by mothers or by female primary school teachers, many boys —(7)— reading as a woman’s activity and this puts them —(8)—  it.

    Another factor could be that boys are generally more —(9)—  than girls. When they can’t be the best, they would rather —(10)—  up on education than be considered average. Girls seem much happier to be second best.

    1. A. among B. between                         C. beside                         D. beyond
    2. A. method B. style                                C. technique                   D. system
    3. A. by B. from                                C. at                                  D. with
    4. A. brought B. raised                             C. given                           D. grown
    5. A. cause B. purpose                          C. reason                         D. objective
    6. A. hardly B. generally                        C. rarely                           D. lately
    7. A. look B. notice                             C. see                               D. watch
    8. A. off B. on                                    C. across                         D. through
    9. A. determined B. optimistic                        C. possessive                 D. competitive
    10. A. give B. take                                 C. break                           D. turn

    Part 2: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE word in each space. (15 points)

    FAMILY LIFE

    In a big family like mine you have a (1) ……………….. of arguments. (2) ……………….. weekend, for example, we have been trying to decide on our summer holiday. (3) ……………….. is amazing how difficult this kind of decision can be when you have to consider so (4) …………… different ideas. It can be hard enough for two people to agree, but (5) ……………….. are eight of us! My mum wants to go to the mountains, but (6) ………………… else does. (7) ……………….. three of my brothers want to go to the beach, but that’s the (8) ……………….. place my dad refuses to go. (9) ……………….. of my parents wants to go abroad – (10) ……………….. say it’s too expensive. Unfortunately, my sister Sonya wants to go to Disney World. Dad says fine, so long as she pays for (11) ……………….. .  Of course, my older sister wants to go away with her friends, but Mum says she is too young to go on holiday on her (12) ……………….. .

    And me? I’ll go anywhere. (13) ……………….. I’d really like is if (14) ……………….. could just agree with each (15) ………………..  on something for once.

    Part 3: Read the passage and circle the best answer (A, B, C, or D) to each question.

                                                                                                                                     (5 points)

    WHO IS REALLY ON THE INTERNET?

    One of the great things about the Internet, as well as one of its biggest problems, is that people are basically anonymous on it. In Internet chat rooms and web cafés, people can use a different name and even create an entirely different identity if they want to.

    In some ways, this is a good thing. For many people, it gives them the chance to do things that they could never do in real life. For example, a person might be very shy in real life, but that same person may find the courage to make friends on the Internet because it feels safer. In addition, people in some countries are not free to express their opinions, especially if they don’t like the government. By using a different identity on the Internet, they can express their opinions without worrying about getting in trouble.

    That same freedom to be ‘another person’ on the Internet, however, causes many problems as well. The major problem is Internet fraud. Many dishonest people use the Internet to pretend to be a different person. Then they trick a person into trusting them in some way and take their money. In one case, two Japanese men lied to Filipinos who wanted to travel to Japan. The two Japanese men told them that they could help them get visas to Japan for a small price (about $ 400 per person). The two Japanese men took thousands of dollars from hopeful Filipinos, but none of the people ever got their visas. The number of these kinds of crime is quickly rising. Last year, Internet criminals stole over

    $ 350 million from trusting people. When you consider that only $ 57 million was stolen in bank robberies in all of Europe, it is easy to see that Internet crime is a serious problem.

    1. The word ‘anonymous’ in bold in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _______.
    2. nameless B. dishonest C. trusting                  D. criminal
    3. According to paragraph 2, all of the following are true of the Internet EXCEPT _______.
    4. it allows people to safely oppose their government
    5. it makes it easier for people to express themselves
    6. it gets people in trouble
    7. it helps shy people make friends
    8. The word ‘they’ in bold in paragraph 2 refers to _______.
    9. people B. countries C. opinions               D. friends
    10. The author mentions two Japanese men in order to _______.
    11. suggest that there is a lot of Internet crime in Japan.
    12. show that getting a visa is very difficult in Japan.
    13. give an example of fraud on the Internet.
    14. show that you shouldn’t trust anyone on the Internet.
    15. Why does the author mention bank robberies?
    16. To show that there is more money in Internet crime than in robbing banks.
    17. To suggest that Internet crime is easier than robbing banks.
    18. To show that Internet crime is much more common than other types of crime.
    19. To show that banks are safer than the Internet.

    V. WRITING  ( 30points)

    Part 1: Complete the second sentence so that it has the similar meaning to the first one, by  using the word given.( Do not change the word given.) ( 10 points)

    1. It’s a long time since our last conversation. spoken

    We ……………………………………………………………..…………………………….….

    1. During dinner, the phone rang. I

    When ……………………………………………………………….…………………………….

    1. Do you have any plans for Saturday evening? doing

    What ………………………………………………………………………….…….………….?

    1. Please don’t open the window. you

    I’d ……………………………………………………………………………..……………………

    1. I haven’t been to the cinema for two months. time

    The …………………………………………..……………………………………………………

    1. We had to do a lot of homework at school. made

               We …………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. We can’t leave if John doesn’t arrive. until

    We’ll …………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. As people get older, their eyesight becomes weaker. worse

    The older ……………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. That old keyboard is not worth repairing. pointless

    It is ……………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. I’ve never been to a less exciting concert. least

    It is …………………………………………………………………………………………….

    Part 2: Read the following paragraph about oil and gas supplies. One word is missing from each line. Put an oblique stroke (/) where the word has been omitted and write the missing word in each blank. The first one has been done for you. (10 points)

    Although the world’s energy resources/taken many               0.          have                   .

    millions of years to produce, we quickly beginning                1. __________________

    to exhaust these supplies. Recently UN committee                2. __________________

    reported that world’s oil and gas supplies                                 3. __________________

    would about 100 years if used carefully. The report               4. __________________

    stated that there be enough oil and gas for a century            5. __________________

    only if the present demand could controlled. If the                 6. __________________

    demand continued grow, the report said that fuel                  7. __________________

    supplies would last for less forty years. According                 8. __________________

    to the report, governments must now steps to                         9. __________________

    control the amounts of fossil fuels are used.                         10. __________________

     

    Part 3: Write an essay ( at least 200 words) on the following topic:  (10 points)

    What are the advantages and disadvantages of television?

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

     

     

    THE END

     

     

    SỞ GIÁO DỤC-ĐÀO TẠO      ĐÁP ÁN KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 CHUYÊN QUỐC HỌC

         THỪA THIÊN HUẾ                                       Năm học 2009 – 2010

           MÔN: TIẾNG ANH

    —————————————————————————————————————————————-

    1. PRONUNCIATION (5 POINTS)

    PART 1: (3 POINTS)

    1, B                 2. B                 3. D

    PART 2: (2 POINTS)

    1. D 2. C
    2. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR: (30 points)

    Part 1:  (10 points) (one point for each correct answer)

    Q# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
    Key A D B B D D B C B C

    Part 2:  (10 points) (one point for each correct answer)

    1. complaint 2. agreement 3. use              4. argument               5. conversation
    2. effect 7. contact 8. advantage  9. attention                10. period

    Part 3: (10 points) (one point for each correct answer)

    1. dislike 6. effective
    2. sufficient 7. daily
    3. properly 8. Unfortunately
    4. speech 9. convenient
    5. solution 10. Consequently

    III. LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS (5 points) (one point for each correct answer)

    Q# 1 2 3 4 5
    Key D A B C D
    IV. READING:  (30  points)

    Part 1:  (10 points) (one point for each correct answer)

    Q # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
    Key B D D A C B C A D

    A

     

    Part 2:  (15 points) (one point for each correct answer)

    1. lot 2. This 3. It                 4. many                      5. there
    2. nobody/no-one 7. All 8. one/only                9. Neither       10. they
    3. herself/it         12.own           13. What                    14. everybody/everyone/we
    4. other

    Part 3: 5 points (one point for each correct answer)

     

    Q # 1 2 3 4 5
    Key A C A C C
    V. WRITING: (30 points)

    Part 1: (10 points) (one point for each correct answer)

    1. We haven’t spoken (to each other) for a long time.
    2. When I was having/eating dinner, the phone rang.
    3. What are you doing on Saturday evening?
    4. I’d rather you didn’t open the window.
    5. The last time I went to the cinema was two months ago.
    6. We were made to do a lot of homework at
    7. We’ll have to wait /stay until John arrives.
    8. The older people get, the worse their eyesight becomes.
    9. It is pointless to have that old keyboard repaired.
    10. It is the least exciting concert that I’ve ever been to.

     

    Part 2: (10 points) (one point for each correct answer)

    Although the world’s energy resources / taken many              0.          have                   .

    millions of years to produce, we /quickly beginning               1.          are                      .

    to exhaust these supplies. Recently  / UN committee              2.          a                         .

    reported that /world’s oil and gas supplies                                3.          the                      .

    would / about 100 years if used carefully. The report             4.          last                     .

    stated that there / be enough oil and gas for a century             5.          would                 .

    only if the present demand could /controlled. If the                6.          be                       .

    demand continued /grow, the report said that fuel                  7.          to                        .

    supplies would last for less / forty years. According              8.          than                    .

    to the report, governments must now / steps to                        9.          take                 .

    control the amounts of fossil fuels / are used.                         10.          that/ which           .

     

     

     

  • Đề thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh chuyên Vĩnh Phúc (2008-2009)

    Đề thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh chuyên Vĩnh Phúc (2008-2009)

    Đề thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh chuyên Vĩnh Phúc (2008-2009)

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: 12 Đề thi thử đại học môn Vật lý năm 2015


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh chuyên Vĩnh Phúc (2008-2009)

    Đề thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh chuyên Vĩnh Phúc (2008-2009)

     

                                                    (Đề thi gồm: 04 trang)

    ==========================================================================

    A. PHONETICS

    I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words. Identify your answer by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.

    1. A. sugar B. sight C. source                             D. sale
    2. A. sensitive B. benefit C. pretty                             D. remedy
    3. A. host B. cold C. short                               D. close
    4. A. thirsty B. guitar C. dirty                               D. listen
    5. A. safe B. map C. bag                                 D. hat
    6. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different. Identify your answer by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.
    7. A. visit B. prevent C. pollute                            D. suggest
    8. A. compose B. parade                            C. sample                           D. aboard
    9. A. begin B. cover C. return                             D. admire
    10. A. Vietnamese B. European C. African                           D. Westerner
    11. A. novel B. poet C. gather                             D. remote

    B. LEXICAL – GRAMMAR

    1. Choose from the four options given (marked A, B, C and D) one best answer to complete each sentence. Identify your answer by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.
    2. He __________ out of his house since he __________ his color TV.
    3. hasn’t been – has bought             B. hasn’t been – bought
    4. wasn’t – has bought D. wasn’t – bought
    5. __________ adequate precautions are taken, there is no risk involved in the operation.
    6. Although                        B. Providing                C. Nevertheless            D. Even
    7. The computer won’t work unless you _________ these cables.
    8. connect            B. connected                C. don’t connect          D. didn’t connect
    9. Let’s go to the zoo, _________?
    10. don’t we B. don’t you                C. shall we                  D. will you
    11. He ran out of money so he had to ________ some from his friend.
    12. borrow B. ask                          C. lend                                    D. earn
    13. Not once _________ his promises.
    14. he is keeping             B. he keeps                  C. did he keep            D. has he kept
    15. The teacher didn’t explain the reason ________ he was punished.
    16. what B. which                      C. how                                    D. why
    17. Mothers are always _________ towards their children, aren’t they?
    18. protect                   B. protective               C. protected                D. protections
    19. Don’t tell me I didn’t lock the door last night. I remember __________ it.
    20. to lock             B. lock                         C. locked                     D. locking
    21. I’ll give you a ring _________ we get back from our vacation.
    22. and B. as soon as               C. as long as                D. since
    23. Would you mind _________ in this library?
    24. not to smoke B. not smoke               C. not smoking            D. don’t smoke
    25. Those mushrooms are ________. Don’t eat them!
    26. poisoned             B. poisoning                C. poisonous               D. poison
    27. I __________ the piano in my room at this time yesterday.
    28. played B. were playing           C. was playing            D. have played
    29. I saw your school’s ________ in today’s edition of The Vietnam News.
    30. advertising B. advertises               C. advertised               D. advertisement
    31. He tried to walk ________ so as not to be late for school.
    32. fast B. quick                       C. rapid                       D. slowly
    33. Do you want _________ by the doctor?
    34. to examine B. to be examined       C. being examined      D. examining
    35. I am _________ that you liked it.
    36. surprised             B. surprising                C. surprise                   D. surprisingly
    37. Very often the chocolate inside is not as exciting as its __________ .
    38. coat                    B. wrapper                  C. cover                       D. paper
    39. Alan is really impressed by the _________ of the city and by the friendliness of its people.
    40. beautiful        B. beauty                    C. beautifully               D. beautify
    41. The boss said that he would fly to Ho Chi Minh City __________ day.
    42. next         B. the previous            C. the following           D. the before
    43. This book isn’t very interesting,……….?
    44. is it B. isn’t  it                     C. is this                     D. isn’t this
    45. He refused………… with me.
    46. go B. to go                       C. going                      D. having gone
    47. I can …………with my friends and relatives by means of e-mail.
    48. relate B.get                           C.gather                      D. communicate
    49. We are depending……….you to help us.
    50. at B. in                            C. on                           D. with
    51. Mr. Brown needs to leave right now,…………?
    52. doesn’t he B. . needn’t  he            C. need he                  D.does he
    53. The nurse suggested………..two aspirins.
    54. to take B.take                          C. taking                     D.being taken
    55. Our teacher asked us to learn the poem…………heart.
    56. in B. by                           C. at                            D.on

    28.The journey to the countryside is very ______

    1. interest B. interesting               C. interested                D. a and b
    2. We both like sailing , ______ we choose to live near the sea .
    3. and B. because                   C. so                            D. although
    4. We wish It ______ now .
    5. doesn’t rain B. isn’t rain                 C. didn’t rain              D. wasn’t rain
    6. They ______ Hanoi with their family 2 days ago .
    7. left B.leave                       C. haven left               D.a and c
    8. I was born ______ October 31, 1990 .
    9. in B. to                            C. at                            D. on
    10. He wishes he ______ his family .
    11. could visit B. can visit                  C. visit                         D. b and c
    12. Mr Minh  is  a  kind ——————————– .
    13. examine B.  examiner                C.  examination           D.  exam
    14. She asked  Lan  what  her  name ———————- .
    15. is             B. was                         C. will  be                    D. have  been
    16. We have well ………………………… teachers.
    17. qualify B. qualified                 C. qualification           D. quality

    37.We’re looking forward to ………………… you.

    A.seeing                                  B.see                                       C.saw                          D.seen

    38.The internet has developed and become part ……………… our daily life.

    A.on                                        B.at                             C.in                             D.of

    39.The Blacks live in the house …………………….. the green doors.

    1. have B. with             C. which                      D. where
    2. The train will leave …………………… ten minutes.
    3. in B. for                           C. at                            D. about
    4. What is the ………………………….. of your country?
    5. introduction B. population              C separation                D. pollution
    6. Did Lan use to ………………….to Maryam?
    7. write B. written                    C. writing                    D. wrote
    8. Is there …………………….. for every one?
    9. wine enough B. enough wine           C. enough of wine      D. of wine enough
    10. Does the grass need ……………………………..?
    11. be cut                     B. cut                          C. cutting                    D. to cut

    45.. You ‘d better …………………….. harder.

    1. working B. worked                   C. to work                   D. work

    46.. We are all …………………. by the football match.

    1. decorated B. to decorate             C. decorating              D. decorate
    2. I wanted some coffee but there was …………………….. in the pot.
    3. any             B. no                           C. out                          D. nothing
    4. they have made a lot of progress………….. the country became independent.
    5. for B. since                       C. before                     D. until
    6. Desgners made different______________ of jeans to match the 1960s fashions.
    7. form                       B. appearenee             C. moduls                    D. styles
    8. When ? In 1876.
    9. the telephone was invented                       B. was the telephone invented
    10. did the telephone invented                        D .did the telephone invent
    11. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify the mistake by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.
    12. Lan didn’t go to the cinema with her friends last Saturday evening because her sickness.

    A                                              B                                                C                  D

    1. The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted.

    A                           B                C                               D

    1. The letter has just written by one of my closest friends.

    A      B         C                        D

    1. They played so good game of tennis last night that they surprised their audience.

    A                B                        C                 D

    1. My daughter likes watching cartoon films, and so do my son.

    A                 B            C         D

    1. If I was in your place, I would make a trip to England.

    A             B                                   C          D

    1. I bought a computer which screen was not very good.

    A                B          C                  D

    1. Physics are very difficult for students to learn.

    A               B       C                     D

    1. The harder you learn, the most knowledge you get.

    A          B               C                D

    1. Mary’s mother gave her a new hat at her birthday.

    A                            B        C        D

    C. READING

    1. Read the following passage then choose the best answer from the four options (marked A, B, C and D) to complete the numbered blanks in the passage. Identify your answers by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.

    Although some groups of people have always lived outdoor in tents, camping as we know it today only began to be (1) _________ about 50 years ago. The increase in the use of cars and improvement in camping equipment have (2) __________ more people to travel longer (3) __________ into the countryside and to stay there in greater comfort.

    Many campers like to be (4) __________ themselves in quiet areas, so they (5)__________ their tent and food, and walk or cycle into the forests or the mountains. Others, preferring to be near people, drive to a public or privately-owned campsite (6) __________ has up-to-date facilities, (7)__________ hot showers and swimming pools.

    Whether campers are (8) ________ in the mountains or on a busy site, they should remember to (9)________ the area clean and tidy. In the forests, they must put out any fires and keep food hidden to avoid attracting (10) _________ animals.

    1. A. fame B. popular C. favorite                 D. current
    2. A. asked B. let          C. made                     D. allowed
    3. A. parts B. directions C. voyages                D. distances
    4. A. on B. by C. at                          D. of
    5. A. take B. make C. pick                      D. do
    6. A. where B. who C. which                   D. when
    7. A. such B. like C. as                          D. just
    8. A. lonely B. single C. separate                D. alone
    9. A. remain B. stay C. keep                      D. let
    10. A. wild B. natural C. loose                     D. free
    11. Complete the following passage by choosing one suitable word in the box to fill in each blank (each word must be used one time only).
    make on during also example
    an do find what up
    reason average which when encourage
    result think

     

    Teachers have often used memory tests to assess the intelligence of their students. But having a good memory often has little to (1) __________ with intelligence. Studies have shown not only that some people of below (2) _________ intelligence have exceptional memories, but (3)__________ that some highly intelligent people have poor memories. A good memory is more often the (4) _________ of using techniques that can be learned, and many of the books that have been written on the subject (5) _________ people to use similar methods. One of these is that you make up short sentences or rhymes which can help you remember (6)__________ you need to know by heart. For (7) ________, the first letters of the words in the sentence ‘Rechard of York gained battles in vain’ are ROYBIV; these are the colors of the rainbow – red, orange, yellow, and so on. Another technique involves, linking the sounds of words with images, which can be particularly effective (8) __________ learning new words. The learner needs to create an image to help to remember the word. By using techniques like this, many learners (9) _________ it a lot easier than they had expected to keep (10)_________ learning new vocabulary.

     

    D. WRITING

    I.  Rewrite each of the following sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the original one.

    1. Her voice is so beautiful that everyone admires it.

    –> She …………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. He regrets telling her the truth.

    –> He wishes…………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. The last time it rained was a fortnight ago.

    –> It hasn’t………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. We don’t buy the house because we don’t have enough money.

    –> If we had……………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. “How old is your son?” the nurse said to Mrs. Green.

    –> The nurse …………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. It’s years since we decorated this room.

    –> We haven’t ………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. The news was so wonderful that she decided to have a celebration.

    –> It was……………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. The garage is going to repair the car for us next week.

    –> We are going…………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. It is not necessary for you to finish the work now.

    –> You………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. ……. .

    1. Jane is the most talented student in my school.

    –> No student………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………. .

     

    Họ và tên thí sinh: ……………………………………                      

    Số báo danh: …………………………………………

                                                   

     

    SỞ GD & ĐT VĨNH PHÚC

              —————-

          ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC

    ĐÁP ÁN ĐỀ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 1O THPT CHUYÊN

    NĂM HỌC: 2008 – 2009

    MÔN: TIẾNG ANH

     

    1. PHONETICS
    2. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words.

       (0,5 ®iÓm: 0,1 ®iÓm/c©u)

    1. A 2. C 3. C 4. D 5. A
    1. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different. (0,5 ®iÓm: 0,1 ®iÓm/c©u)
    1. A 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. D
    1. LEXICAL – GRAMMAR
    2. Choose from the four options given (marked A, B, C and D) one best answer to complete each sentence. (2 ®iÓm: 0,1 ®iÓm/c©u)
    1. B 5. A 9. D 13. C 17. A
    2. B 6. D 10. B 14. D 18. B
    3. A 7. D 11. C 15. A 19. B
    4. C 8. B 12. C 16. B 20. C
    1. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify the mistake by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (1 ®iÓm: 0,1 ®iÓm/c©u)
    1. C 3. A 5. D 7. C 9. B
    2. D 4. A 6. A 8. A 10. D
    1. READING
    2. Read the following passage then choose the best answer from the four options (marked A, B, C or D) to complete the numbered blanks in the passage. (2 ®iÓm: 0,2 ®iÓm/c©u)
    1. B 3. D 5. A 7. B 9. C
    2. D 4. B 6. C 8. D 10. A
    1. Complete the following passage by choosing one suitable word in the box to fill in each blank.

        (1 ®iÓm: 0,1 ®iÓm/c©u)

    1. do 3. also 5. encourage 7. example 9. find
    2. average 4. result 6. what 8. when 10. on

     

    1. WRITING
    2. Rewrite each of the following sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the original one.

        (0,5 ®iÓm: 0,1 ®iÓm/c©u)

    1. She has such a beautiful voice that everyone admires it.
    2. He wishes he hadn’t told her the truth.
    3. It hasn’t rained for a fortnight. / It hasn’t been raining for a fortnight.
    4. If we had enough money, we would buy the house.
    5. The nurse asked Mrs. Green how old her son was.

     

  • Đề thi Tiếng Anh vào các ngân hàng

    Đề thi Tiếng Anh vào các ngân hàng

    Đề thi Tiếng Anh vào các ngân hàng

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Đề thi kiểm tra Pháp Luật Đại cương 2019


    [toc]

    [pdfviewer width=”800px” height=”1000px” beta=”true/false”]https://hotroontap.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/%C4%90%E1%BB%81-thi-Ti%E1%BA%BFng-Anh-v%C3%A0o-c%C3%A1c-ng%C3%A2n-h%C3%A0ng.pdf[/pdfviewer]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề thi Tiếng Anh vào các ngân hàng

    ĐỀ SỐ 1
    SECTION 1: Language usage (30 marks)
    Circle the correct answer
    1. In the long term ……….. is due to increase in the price of raw materials. This is the situation where prices rise to keep up with increased production cost.
    a. devaluation b. inflation c. recession d. crisis
    2. In a accordance with our usual terms, payment will be by …………This is a letter from a bank authorizing payment of a certain sum to a person or a company.
    a. cheque b. banker’s draft c. letter of credit d. cash on delivery
    3. We enclose our ……….., which is a formal request for payment.
    a. receipt b. quotation c. commercial invoice d. bill of lading
    4. The industry and construction ……….. is facing difficulties due to low efficiency and competitiveness.
    a. set b. sector c. section d. part
    5. It is complained that the Telephone and Post Communicatios Company is operating in a very favourable environment without any ………..
    a. monopoly b. fluctuation c. promotion d. competition

    1. We are proud of the very high level of services we offer and are accustomed to organizing conferences ……….. two thousand delegates.
      a. out of to b. of up to c. from up to d. up from to
      7. Sofitel Plaza Hotel has an excellent range of facilities and no doubt you will be aware ………. the fact that the local area is rich in cultural interest.
      a. for b. to c. of d. about
      8. When we receive your bank confirmation of L/C, your order will be made ………..
      a. for b. over c. up d. with
      9. Impex is an international company which deals ………. a wide variety of goods.
      a. for b. in c. of d. about
      10. A fall in prices can result in serious difficulties to many producers and may cause them to go ……….. business completely.
      a. through b. out c. out of d. into

      11. The MD asked Mr. Green ………..
      a. that he had finished the report b. whether he had finished the report
      c. had she finished the report d.if had he finished the report
      12. The MD also wanted to know ………….
      a. when Mr. Green will submit that report b. when would Mr. Green submit the report
      c. when will Mr. Green submit the report d. when Mr. Green would submit the report
      13. Would you like ………. coffee? Yes, please.
      a. any b. the c. 0 d. a
      14. The goods in this catalogue are of …………. excellent value. I am going to order some.
      a. the b. 0 c. an d. a
      15. The Sales&Marketing Department will be divided into two …………, a new Management Services Department will be created.
      a. Furthermore b. Therefore c. Although d. Otherwise

      16. …………the launch date is due, the new product is not ready yet. So, the shopfloor workers are working hard now.
      a. Nevertheless b. However c. Although d. Inspite of
      17. Fluctuation in exchange rates causes instability. …….., it makes forecasting more difficult.
      a. In addition b. So c. In order that d. So that
      18. Producing new software is not necessarily expensive, ……… innovations in computer hardware certainly involve massive costs.
      a. where b. whereas c. when d. as
      19. Mr. Green , …………..is an experienced businessman is very eager to expand his business in the Middle East.
      a. which b. that c. who d. b & c
      20. One of the accidents they had was pretty serious. A workman ………..20 feet above the ground when he suddenly fell.
      a. was working b. worked c. has been working d. has worked

      21. The number of overseas Vietnamese going home ……… by 8.9% this year.
      a. increases b. is increasing c. has increased d. increased
      22. The Bank’s loan terms are better than those on hire purchase, so I …… ……… the bank loans.
      a. am choosing b. had chosen c. was choosing d. will be choosing
      23. My boss has come in and ………. you in a few minutes.
      a. would see b. has seen c. will see d. is going to see
      24. Next week, John is going home for Christmas. He hopes his family ………….. at the airport.
      a. will have waited b. have been waiting
      c. will be waiting d. are waiting
      25. Could you tell Mr. Blake that Mr. Ali is here? He ………. me.
      a. will expect b. was expecting c. is expecting d. has expected

      Complete each sentence with the correct from of the word in brackets.
      26. (BENEFIT) The new salary scheme is ……….to all staff.
      27. (COMMERCE) Ho Chi Minh City is the biggest ……. center in the country.
      28. (RELATIVE) The risk of investing in durable goods is ……..low.
      29. (VARY) Prices have not shown much …………this year.
      30. (MANAGE) Good …………should be capable of leading as well as managing.

      SECTION 2: Language use (70 marks)
      2.1 Choose ONE suitable word for each sentences from the list below (20 marks)

      measurable deteriorate goods money factors
      payments decrease production capital economy
      resources companies value available risk

      1. As they ……… easily, perishables must be placed on the market as quickly as possible.
      2. Foreign direct investment(FDI) has significantly contributed to the performance of the ……….
      3. FDI projects account for 12% of GDP and 35% of industrial ……….
      4. More than 2,500 FDI projects have been licensed with a total ……… of 40 billion dollars.
      5. Economics studies how society uses its scarce ………… to produce goods and services.
      6. Money is used to save for the future; it is a store of ………….
      7. Providing capital for a business always involves an element of …………
      8. Entrepreneurs control and co-ordinate various ………. of production.
      9. The econnomist is only interested in services which are ………… in terms of money.
      10. Changes in prices result in changes in the quantity of a particular commodity ………… to consumers.

      2.2. Reading comprehension (30 marks)
      Read the passage below and then do the tasks that follow

      It seems easy to say that you are employed if you work for somebody else and you are self – employed if you work for yourself! But life isn’t quite so simple. Being self-employed is not restricted to people who run their own business, in the physical sense of owning property and stock and perhaps employing their own staff. A great number of people work from home in a wide range of occupations and many of them are classed as self-employed. Examples are the hairdresser who has set up shop in one room of the house, the freelance book-keeper who does the accounts for other small businesses, the woman who holds clothing or Tupperware parties, and the artist who takes on freelance work from various publishing companies.

      People who work on a freelance basic “hire out” their skills to anyone who will pay them. A freelance photographer, for instance, may either be contracted to do a specific job for a newspaper or may even take photographs of events on the change that he/she can sell them.

      The number of people in Britain who are classed as self-employed rose by 52% between 1981 and 1991 from 2.2 million to 3.3 million people – and most of them work on their own (i.e. they do not employ other people) in many cases these are people who have been faced with redundancy and who have used their savings or their redundancy payments, or taken advantages of one of the government schemes to set up on their own.

      Circle the correct answer
      11. Which of the following suggestions is a suitable title for the passage?
      a. Self – employment b. Employed or self – employed?
      c. The UK employment market d. Types of employment
      12. A self-employed person
      a. has to carry out instructions b. works for several employers
      c. is paid a wage or salary d. is own employer
      13. The passage suggests
      a. The pattern of employment is not varied in the UK
      b. If you are in a job, you will have it forever.
      c. It is standard practice for many people in the UK to leave school and work for themselves.
      d. In the UK people can either have the opportunity or the finances to start in business for themselves

      What does each of the following underlined word/phrase refer to?
      14. “……..and many of them are classed as self-employed.” (Paragraph 1)
      15. “by 52% between 1981 and 1991 from 2.2 million to 3.3 million people – and most of them work on their own.” (paragraph 3)

      Which words in the passage mean the following?
      16. jobs……….
      17. to classify ………..
      18. state of being no longer needed for any available jobs ……..

      Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word from the passage
      19. ……………..becomes more popular among mothers of young children as they don’t have to work the standard 8 a.m to 5 p.m a day.
      20 . Self – employed may ………..other people to help them with their business.

      2.3. Writing (20 marks)
      Read this invitation card and write a short description of the Book Fair for a brochure

      INVITATION TO 2002 BOOK FAIR
      Youth Cultural Centre
      Exhibition of Books in Vietnamese and foreign languages
      Free copies of catalogues
      Free use of Internet

      Publishers from over the country and Oxford University Press
      21 – 28 February, 2002

      ĐỀ SỐ 2
      SECTION 1: Language usage (30 marks)
      Circle the correct answer
      1. We believe communication channels within the company will be simplified, …….. our decision making will be more streamlined.
      a. in order to b. so c. so that d. that
      2. No holiday booking will be accepted ……..it is accompanied by the necessary deposit.
      a. if b. whether c. unless d. when
      3. More men than women are self-employed ………..this type of work is also popular among mothers of young children.
      a. however b. although c. nevertheless d. inspite of
      4. Travel Services is expanding its business to Vietnam, …………..is a fast growing market.
      a. which b. who c. that d. 0
      5. Coca-Cola employees enjoy high salaries. ………….., they can claim traveling expenses.
      a. In addition b. however c. Therefore d. So that

      6. After considering the advantages and disadvantages of the trip to Chicago, Mr Green wants to revise his …………….
      a. plan b. agenda c. itinerary d.list
      7. Exports of the company ………..of natural gas, cotton, and textiles.
      a. include b. has c. consist d. compose
      8. ………………of currency is American dollar.
      a. unit b. money c. measure d. device
      9. There is a very rapid growth in the computer and data processing market, especially in the banking
      a. section b. sector c. part d. department
      10. A group of certain companies …………the market when they have completely controlled over particular commodities.
      a. corner b. advertise c. monopolize d. motivate

      11. We are planning ……………series of travel talks on different holiday resorts. The first talk is called “Discover Vietnam”
      a. the b. a c. an d. 0
      12. The sign on the door says “……………..set menu lunch will be available from 12:30p.m. we hope you will be able to attend”
      a. the b. a c. an d. 0
      13. The sponsorship will be ………….those employees with good records of work.
      a. for b. on c. with d. in
      14. The enclosures should be attached ……………..the letter.
      a. to b. for c. with d. in
      15. Alison has finished her project ………..personnel management.
      a. in b. about c. to d. on

      16. The clerical staff will use the desk top system ………………word processor.
      a. like b. same as c. as d. similar to
      17. The Us dollar has risen ……………..Vietnamese dongs.
      a. to b. by c. against d. opposite
      18. Multinational companies ……………. rapidly since World war 2, and today some have operations in more than 100 countries.
      a. were growing b. have grown c. had grown d. grew
      19. A huge explosion caused extensive damage last night in the new multi-million dollar factory of Perfecta Ltd, the well-………… ladies’ fashion designers.
      a. know b. known c. knew d. knowing
      20. “I am sorry Mr. Dent will not be able to see you tomorrow. He …………… a meeting 9:30 tomorrow.
      a. will attend b. is attending c. is going to attend d. attends

      21. Travel Services is discussing …………… an office in Vietnam to expand their business in South East Asia.
      a. to open b. the opening c. opening d. opened
      22. Tourists are strongly recommended ………. travel insurance for the period of their journey.
      a. the taking out b. to take out c. to be taken out d. taking out
      23. The manager is interested to know ……….
      a. if staff are happy with the new arrangements at work.
      b. whether are staff happy with the new arrangements at work.
      c. are staff happy with the new arrangements at work.
      d. what staff are happy with the new arrangements at work.
      24. The manager came to see me and asked “………….”.
      a. What other changes to the working conditions do you think we should make?
      b. What other changes to the working conditions you think we should make?
      c. If you think we should make other changes to the working conditions?
      d. If other changes you think we should make to the working conditions
      25. ………………will be a new year party at 8:00 in the evening. It will be held at the Continental Hotel.
      a. There b. It c. This d. That

      Complete each sentences with the correct form of the word in brackets
      26. (EMPLOY) The new salary scheme is to the benefit of all ………….
      27. (VARY) The company will increase the ……… of products offered for sale.
      28. (PROFIT) It would be more ……… to set up a subsidiary.
      29. (FINANCE) HSBC provides …………. Services all over the world.
      30. (EXTREME) The figures show an ………….. good year for the company.

      SECTION 2: Language use (70 marks)
      2.1. Choose ONE suitable word for each sentences from the list below (20 marks)

      competition diminish increase management economy
      sales reduce measure bear particular
      average planned monopoly rate economic

      1. Besides essential commodities, people also buy non-essential commodities which provide some …………… personal satisfaction.
      2. Utility is related to our decisions about priorities in production, particularly in a centrally ………………… economy.
      3. The Vietnamese economy grew by an annual ………….. of 8% between 1991 and 1998.
      4. In 1999, …………growth slowed down with a 5% increase in GDP.
      5. GDP’s growth ……… stood at 6% in 2000 – 2001 and is projected as 7% this year.
      6. Economists …………the services which people provide for financial rewards.
      7. Entrepreneurs make decisions on production and …………. the risk of success or failure.
      8. ……………among sellers of the same commodities has an influence on its market prices.
      9. Most nations hold a ………….. on such essential commodities as electricity and water.
      10. The consumer’s desire for a commodity tends to ……………. As he gets more units of that commodity.

      2.2 Reading comprehension (30 marks)
      Read the passage below and then do the tasks that follow

      The number of people working part-time has increased dramatically over the last ten years, not just in Britain but also throughout the European Community. In many cases companies are converting full-time jobs to part time positions. For example, in late 1992 Burtons announced that 1000 full-time shop jobs were to be replaced by up to 3000 part-time posts.

      The main difference, of course, between working part-time and working full-time is in the number of hours worked. A part-time employee will work less than the standard opening hours of the company. In some cases two part time employees might job share one full-time job – i.e. they do the work between them.

      Employers may prefer part-time staff because the company’s wage bill is reduced. The employer also saves on National Insurance payments if part-time staff earn less than the lower earnings limit. Part-time staff are more flexible. They can be used to cover for absent staff and work extra hours when the company is busy or wants to open longer hours. In addition, part-time staff do not have the same legal rights in employment law as full-time staff unless they work more than 16 hours a week. Those working fewer than eight hours a week can never gain protection. This means they cannot claim for unfair dismissal and do not receive other benefits such as maternity or pension rights.

      Circle the correct answer
      11. Which of the following suggestions is a suitable title for the passage?
      a. Full-time or part-time b. Employing part-time staff
      c. Working part-time d. Converting full-time jobs to part-time positions
      12. Part-time workers
      a. gain the same employment rights as in other European countries.
      b. do not get the same benefits as full-time staff in employment.
      c. can expect their employers to pay for their training.
      d. are not readily available to companies when they need them.
      13. The passage suggests
      a. British companies tend to employ more staff on a part-time basis.
      b. Companies in Britain can grow faster if they increase part-time staff.
      c. part-time jobs benefit employees.
      d. part-time work enables a person to earn some money and yet have more time for leisure.

      What does each of the following underlined word/phrase refer to?
      14. “………They can be used to cover for absent staff and work extra hours ……….”(Paragraph 3)
      15. “ ……….This means they cannot claim for unfair dismissal and ……” (Paragraph 3)

      Which words in the passage mean the following
      16. changing from one form to another ………
      17. employees do the work between them ………..
      18. loss of job ……………

      Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word from the passage
      19. Working part-time is a useful way of earning some income for those who cannot work ………….(e.g. students, pensioners who want to supplement their pension).
      20. He spent all his …………… without thinking about how hard it was for him to make this money.

      2.3. Writing (20 marks)
      Read this invitation card and write a circular letter to book publishers

      INVITATION TO 2002 BOOK FAIR
      Youth Cultural Centre
      Exhibition of Books in Vietnamese and foreign languages
      Free copies of catalogues
      Free use of Internet

      Publishers from over the country and Oxford University Press
      21 – 28 February, 2002

      ĐỀ SỐ 3
      SECTION 1: Language usage (30 marks)
      Circle the best answer
      1. I ………..in connection with your letter of 10 November, 2000.
      a. am writin b. write c. will write d. have written
      2. We …………. both Enterprise 1 & 2, and now are ready for the final exam.
      a. have been studying b. studied c. have studied d. had studied
      3. John Hartz ………. a lecture when he was interrupted
      a. delivered b. had deliverd c. was deliverd d. was delivering
      4. We delayed ……….the product because of technical problems
      a. being launched b. launching c. launch d.to launch
      5. The consultant advised us ……… a subsidiary in the North.
      a. to set up b. setting up c. set up d. a & b are correct

      6. Thank you, I have passed the exam. Without your help I ………..
      a. would have failed b. failed c. would fail d. had failed
      7. The receptionist asked Alison …………..
      a. that she has made a reservation
      b. if she has made a reservation.
      c. has she made a reservation.
      d. whether she had made a reservation
      8. The managing wanted to know…………….
      a. how much has their turnover risen.
      b. how much their turnover had risen.
      c. that how much their turnover had risen.
      d. that how much their turnover has risen.
      9. In 1999 the P & G spent 30 million pounds ……..research & development.
      a. on b. about c. with d.to
      10. The turnover showed an increase …………5%.
      a. by b. to c. of d. on

      11. The demand ………….this product is growing fast.
      a. on b. for c. of d. in
      12. ……………, we should advertise this job locally.
      a. in my opinion b. according to me
      c. on my opinion d. according to my opinion
      13. All foreign investors must comply ……….. the law on foreign investment.
      a. with b. in c. about d. on
      14. How long have you been in ………..oil industry?
      a. an b. the c. a d. no article

      15. ………………smoking is not allowed in the library.
      a. a b. the c. an d. no article
      16. We are making intensive preparations ……….. the new product can be launched before Tet.
      a. in order b. for the purpose c. so that d. in order to
      17. The MD ………… is going to retire, has recommended Mr Blake as his successor.
      a. who b. that c. who d. ,that
      18. The business performance did not improve ………. the appointment of the new MD.
      a. when b. until c. since d. where
      19. Home sales have shown a strong performance, ……………exports are well below the target.
      a. however b. but c. nevertheless d. and

      20. ……………we invest more in R & D, we are likely to fall behind our competitors.
      a. If b. When c. Unless d. Whether
      21. We’ve started a join ………….. program with a Canadian company.
      a. project b. firm c. venture d. company
      22. With the new pension plans employees can …………. to take early retirement.
      a. afford b. allow c. demand d. think
      23. The Chief Accountant resigned from the company for …………reasons.
      a. personnel b. individual c. personal d. all are correct
      24. We’ve spent a large part of our ………on advertising.
      a. sharply b. slightly c. steadily d. dramatically
      25. We’ve spent a large part of our …………. on advertising.
      a. budget b. costs c. expenses d. amount

      Complete each sentences with the correct form of the word in brackets
      26. (deliver) The price include ………charge.
      27. (success) We hope the new product will ………..in the home market.
      28. (attend) Why don’t teachers check the ……………of students nowadays?
      29. (impression) Most consumers are ………….by our new product.
      30. (hard) You should work ……….. to make up for your lack of intelligence.

      SECTION 2: Language use (70 marks)
      2.1. Choose ONE suitable word for each sentences from the given list below (20 marks)

      strictly payment inelastic tends accumulates
      reward satisfy study elastic saves
      budget capital economic fairly labour

      1. The economist is not concerned with the services which people provide for no financial ……….
      2. Profit is the surplus which ……….. as a result of productive work.
      3. There is always some ……….. involved in financing a business.
      4. Commodity of different kinds …………. our wants in different ways.
      5. According to the Law of Supply, a rise in prices ………to increase supply
      6. Supply is ……….when it can be increased or decreased rapidly in response to market prices.
      7. The economist’s method should be ……….. objective and scientific.
      8. The ………. reform in Vietnam has achieved remarkable results.
      9. Vietnam is not only rich in national resources, but also has an abundance of………..
      10. Raising …………. for development is one of Vietnam’s main priorities.

      2.2 Reading comprehension (30 marks)
      Read the passage below and then do the tasks that follow

      Business is a word that is commonly used in many different languages. But exactly what does it mean? The concepts and activities of business have increased in modern times. Traditionally, business simply meant exchange or trade for things people wanted or needed. Today, it has a more technical definition. One definition of business is the production, distribution, and sale of goods and services for a porfit. To examine this definition, we will look at its various parts.

      First, production is the creation of services or the changing of materials into products. One example is the conversion of iron or into metal car parts. Next, these products need to be moved from the factory to the market place. This is known as distribution. A car might be moved from a factory in Detroit to a car dealership in Miami.

      Third is the sale of goods and services. Sale is the exchange of a product or service for money. A car is sold to someone in exchange for money. Goods are products that people will either need or want. For example cars can be classified as goods. Services, on the other hand, are activities that a person or group performs for another person or organisation. For instance, an auto mechanic performs a service when he repair a car. A doctor also performs a service by taking care of people when they are sick.

      Business then is a combination of all these activities: production, distribution and sale. However, there is one other important factor. This factor is the creation of profits or economic surplus. A major role in the functioning of an American business company is making a profit. Profit is the money that remains after all the expenses are paid. Creating an economic surplus or profit is, therefore, a primary goal of business activities.

      Circle the correct answer
      1. Which of the following suggestions is a suitable title for the passage?
      a. What are important factors of business?
      b. How are goods produced?
      c. What is business?
      d. How important is business?
      2. Which of the following statements is FALSE?
      a. Today business means exchange of goods for money.
      b. People produce goods and services.
      c. Business involves various activities.
      d. Economic surplus is a major element in business.
      3. “Today it has a more technical definition”(Paragraph 1). The sentences means
      a. It is related to techniques.
      b. It is the definition of technology
      c. The definition is more specialised
      d. The definition refers to a technical subject

      The underlined word means
      4. “Traditionally, business meant exchange or trade for things…..”(Paragraph 1)
      a. According to our traditions b. In the past
      c. In traditional terms d. As a custom
      5. “………from a factory in Destroit to a car dealership” (Paragraph 2)
      a. an exhibition b. a showroom
      c. a garage d. a shop

      Which words in the passage mean
      6. changing
      7. carries out
      8. usually
      9. most important/main

      Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word from the passage.
      10. Prices play an essential ……….in the market.
      11. A close look at various parts of business will help better ……….its definition.

      Write short answers to the following questions.
      12. What is distribution?
      13. Why do people carry out business?

      What does the underlined word refer to?
      14. “To examine this definition ……” (Paragraph 1)
      15. “Today, it has a more technical definition” (Paragraph 1)

      2.3 Writing (20 marks)
      Write a letter to Mr Nguyen Van Nam, Sales Manager of Coca-Cola Vietnam. 142/B1 Ðien Bien Phu Rd. Binh Thanh Dis; HCMC. Arrange a meeting with him on 1 February, at 10:30 in his office. You want to renew the ………. contract.

      ĐỀ SỐ 4
      SECTION 1: Language usage (30 marks)
      Circle the best answer
      1. Alison is in the MD’s office. She is …………. for the post of assistant manager.
      a. interviewed b. being interviewed c. interviewing d. having interviewed
      2. Alison looks happy now. She ……………well at the interview.
      a. performed b. had performed c. has performed d. was performed
      3. The teacher entered the classroom when some of his students …….fun of the new comer.
      a. were making b. made c. were made d. have made
      4. The management is considering ……….a new branch in Hanoi.
      a. to open b. opening c. open d. being opened
      5.This information helps management ……..a final decision on the shortlists for interview.
      a. make b. to make c. making d. a & b

      6. Thanks for providing the information. I ……….the report without it.
      a. did not finish b.would not have finished
      c. have not finished d. had not finished
      7. The manager wanted to know……
      a. if the order had been delivered b. that the order had been deliverd
      c. whether the order has been delivered d. had the order been delivered
      8. The receptionist asked Alison ………
      a. how long she was going to stay. b. that how long she was going to stay.
      c. how long are you going to stay. d. that how long she will stay.
      9. The head of the department agreed …….. the proposal to expand production.
      a. to b. with c. for d. about
      10. Unfortunately, there is a decrease ……..2% in profits.
      a. by b. on c.in d. of

      11. The order………..this product is growing.
      a. for b. in c. with d. on
      12. …………..sales, the campaign has been successful.
      a. According to the terms of b. For the terms of c. In term with d. In term of
      13. Cho Lon is one of the biggest wholesalers in Vietnam. It deals ………. a variety of goods.
      a. with b. on c.in d. about
      14. People are in ……….. business to make profits.
      a. no article b. a c. the d. an.
      15. ……………advertising campaign has resuted in higher sales for the company.
      a. no article b.a c. the d. an

      16. The employees should work overtime ……….achieve the company’s objectives.
      a. in order that b. in order to c. so that d. for the purpose
      17. Coca-Cola ………is one of the largest multinationals, sells 1.6 billion gallons per year.
      a. which b. , which c. that d. , that
      18. Would you like such an exciting job ………you jump on planes and fly first class around the world.
      a. that b. which c. where d. when
      19. No company wants to make employees redundant. …………occasionally they have to.
      a. and b. but c. however d. nevertheless
      20. ……………an investor follows the standard procedures, his application is unlikely to be approved.
      a. if b. whether c. unless d. when

      21. We ran a summer advertising ………and sales increased steadily.
      a. action b. activity c. promotion d. campaign
      22. We …….. to send the rest of our staff on training courses next year.
      a. think b. suggest c. plan d. consider
      23. Changes are being made to the ……….policies of the company.
      a. personal b. private c. personnel d. individual
      24. Although the market is not growing, I expect sales to increase …….at least until the end of the century.
      a. substantially b. on average c. steadily d. fairly
      25. Employees have the right to claim their business………..
      a. budget b. expenditure c. expenses d. amount

      Complete each sentences with the correct of the word in brackets
      26. (improve) There was a steady……….in September
      27. (succeed) The new product has been a real…..
      28. (complain) We should make a ………….to the head office.
      29. (impression) The company has…………the market with the latest product.
      30. (basic) ………., the project goes as planned.

      SECTION 2: Language use (70 marks)
      2.1. Choose ONE suitable word for each sentences from the given list below (20 marks)

      monopoly fluctuations measures measurable changing
      work economic investment labour adjusted
      glut affordable available shortage diminish

      1. The economist is interested in services which are ……….in terms of money payment.
      2. ……….. in prices have a great effect on supply and demand.
      3. Natural …………arises when a country has control over natural resources.
      4. The consumer’s desire for a commodity will ………as he has more units of that commodity.
      5. Over production of any commodity can create difficulties because it can lead to a …….on the market.
      6. Supplies of many commodities can generally be ……to suit market conditions.
      7. The utility of a commodity is related to the quantity……….to the consumer.
      8. Firms located in the Exprot Processing Zone (EPZ) may benefit from cheap ……and lower rent.
      9. American ………has increased since the US – Vietnam trade agreement was signed last year.
      10. Many experts believe that Vietnam has great ………potential.

      2.2 Reading comprehension (30 marks).
      Read the passage below and do the tasks that follow

      The sale of goods and services is not restricted to local, regional or national markets; it often takes place on an international basis. Nations import goods that they lack or cannot produce as efficiently as other nations, and they export goods that they can produce more efficiently. This exchange of goods and services in the world, or global, is known as international trade. There are three main benefits to this type of exchange.

      First international trade makes scarce goods available to nations that need or desire them. When a nation lacks the resources needed to produce goods domestically, it may import them from another country.

      Second, international trade allows a nation to specialise in production of those goods for which it is particularly suited. This often results in increased output, decreased costs, and a higher national standard of living. Natural human and technical resources help
      determine which product a nation will specialise in.

      The third benefit of international trade is its political effects. Nations that trade together develop common interests that may help them overcome political differences. Economic cooperation has been the foundation for many political alliances, such as the European Community, founded in 1957.

      International trade has done much to improve global conditions. It enables countries import goods they lack or cannot produce domestically. It allows countries to specialise in certain goods with increased production and decreased prices. Finally, it opens the channels of communication among the nations.

      Circle the correct answer
      1. Which of the following suggestions is a suitable title of the passage?
      a. Why nations trade.
      b. How nations trade.
      c. When nations trade.
      d. What nations trade.
      2. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
      a. International trade leads to higher costs and living standards.
      b. International trade benefits the world economy.
      c. International trade does not affect politics.
      d. International trade means exporting of goods.
      3. “There are three main benefits to be gained from this type of exchange” (Paragraph 1)
      a. profits b. advantages c. allowances d. bonuses

      The underlined word means
      4. “International trade makes scarce goods available to nations……”(Paragraph 2)
      a. high quality b. foreign made c. well-known d. not easily purchased
      5. “It enables countries to import goods they lack or cannot produce domestically” (Paragraph 5)
      a. on their own b. efficiently c. with domestic resources d. cheaply

      Which words in the passage mean
      6. do not have enough
      7. decide
      8. shared
      9. of the whole world

      Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word from the passage.
      10. High-tech goods are now readily ……….to the Vietnamese market.
      11. Economic growth has helped ……….people’s living conditions.

      Write short answers to the following questions.
      12. What is international trade?
      13. How does international trade affect politics?

      What does the underlined word refer to?
      14. “This often results in increased output and decreased costs and a higher national standard of living” (Paragraph 3)
      15. “Finaly, it opens the channels of communication among nations”(Paragraph 3)

      2.3 Writing (20 marks)
      Read the following invitation card and then write a circular letter to suppliers.

      INVITATION TO YEAR 2001 CONSUMER GOODS FAIR
      Invitation Exhibition Centre
      Ho Chi Minh City
      Display of latest products
      February 12 to 14, 2001


    Tải xuống tài liệu học tập PDF miễn phí

    Tải Xuống Tại Đây 


  • Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 môn Anh văn

    Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 môn Anh văn

    Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 môn Anh văn

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Đề thi kiểm tra Pháp Luật Đại cương


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 môn Anh văn

    Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 môn Anh văn

     

    I. PRONUNCIATION (1 point)

    Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others by circling the corresponding letter A, B, C or D to indicate your answers.

    1. A. house B. hire                         C. honest                     D. here
    2. A. stopped B. cleaned                   C. shaped                    D. worked
    3. A. eats B. gains                       C. signs                       D. sings
    4. A. study B. ready                      C. shy                          D. puppy
    5. A. tooth B. booth                      C. smooth                   D. look

    II. VOCABULARY AND STRUCTURE (5 points)

    Part 1: Choose one word or phrase to complete the sentence by circling its corresponding letter A, B, C or D. (3,5 points)

    1. Nam: It’s very kind of you to help me.

    Hoa: ________________.

    1. A. Yes, certainly. B. Not really C. Not at all                D. Thanks
    2. How long is this pencil?
    3. A. 5 inches B. 5 kilograms C. 5 pence                   D. 5 pounds
    4. Marry: You look nice today. I like your new dress?

    Laura: _________________.

    1. A. I feel interesting to hear that B. Shall I? Thanks
    2. C. Oh, well done D. It’s nice of you to say so
    3. ____________ he has a lot of money, he leads an unhappy family life.
    4. A. Since Although             C. Because                  D. However
    5. In 1995, a huge earthquake ____________ the city of Kobe in Japan.
    6. A. happened B. took place               C. occurred                 D. struck
    7. There was hardly ____________ money left in my bank account.
    8. A. more B. no    C. some                       D. any
    9. Everyone ____________ Tom was invited to the party.
    10. A. as B. from                        C. but                          D. for
    11. She didn’t get ____________ well with her boss, so she left the company.
    12. A. at B. on                           C. through                   D. up
    13. Nobody agreed with the new project, ____________?
    14. A. was he   B. were they                C. did they                  D. didn’t they
    15. I wish I ____________ how to use a computer now.
    16. A. know B. knew C. was known             D. have known
    17. Please divide this cake ____________ four equal pieces.
    18. A. in B. into C. at                            D. among
    19. 12. – “You have been spending too much money lately”.

    – “You’re right. I need to ____________ on my expenses”.

    1. A. cut down B. cut up C. cut out                    D. cut away
    2. Nearly 1000 of the world’s bird species are threatened with ____________.
    3. A. appearance B. protection C. destruction             D. extinction
    4. It’s true that _____ rich lead a different life from ____________ poor.
    5. A. a – a B. the – the                  C. the – a                    D.  ø- ø
    6. If Mary ____________ her homework last night, she wouldn’t get punished by the teacher now.
    7. A. did B. had done                 C. has done                D. does
    8. Young people prefer seeing the film at the cinema____________ watching it on television.
    9. A. than B. rather                    C. to                            D. or
    10. That’s the old lady____________ talented husband won the Nobel Prize.
    11. A. who B. whom       C. whose                     D. That
    12. From the hotel, there is a good ____________ of the mountains.
    13. A. vision B. view                        C. sight                       D. picture
    14. There’s someone at the door. ____________ it.
    15. A. I’m answering B. I answer             C. I answered             D. I’ll answer
    16. If you want any more ____________ about the holiday, please telephone us.
    17. A. information B. description C. news                      D. fact
    18. You will become ill ____________ you stop working so hard.
    19. A. whenever B. when                      C. unless                     D. if
    20. The more waste paper we recycle, ____________.
    21. A. The least trees we preserve B. The most trees we preserve
    22. C. The more trees we preserve D. The many trees we preserve
    23. We have no money. ____________ does Tom.
    24. A. So                                B. Either                               C. But                                   D. Neither
    25. I think Sally is far ____________ her sister.
    26. A. prettier than B. as pretty than   C. pretty as       D. as pretty
    27. Four people were seriously ____________ in an accident on the motorway.
    28. A. damaged B. injured                     C. spoiled                   D. wounded
    29. She has ____________ a pretty house that everyone likes it.
    30. A. So B. too                          C. much                      D. such
    31. ____________ he had no money for a bus, he had to walk all the way home.
    32. A. Because B. Though                  C. Although                D. Despite
    33. It took him ages to ____________ to living in the new town.
    34. A. used B. accustomed            C. get used                  D. use
    35. The government____________ the earthquake victims with food, clothes and medicine.
    36. A. gave B. offered                          C. carried                           D. provided
    37. He is much looking forward ____________ going on a camping trip.
    38. A. by B. to                            C. at                            D. with
    39. We must make ____________ our mind about where to go out for our picnic.
    40. A. out B. off C. up                           D. on
    41. ____________ bad weather, they tried to get to school on time.
    42. A. In spite of B. Because                  C. According to          D. Though
    43. It’s high time you ____________ harder for your future.
    44. A. to work B. work                       C. working                  D. worked
    45. Ernest Hemingway is well-known _____________the author of several collections of short stories.
    46. A. as B. for                           C. after                        D. about
    47. Smoking is harmful _____________ our health.
    48. A. for B. to                            C. about                      D. with

    Part 2: Choose one underlined word or phrase that must be changed in order for the sentence to be correct. (0,5 point)

    1. It’s difficult for me decide whether I should accept the job or not.

       A                     B                                      C                    D

    1. He works at Heathrow Airport, that is one of the biggest airports in the world.

          A                           B                    C                               D

    1. Despite she is poor she always buys me a nice birthday present.

            A                   B                        C     D

    1. We’d better to review this lesson carefully because we will have some questions on it.

                                   A                               B                               C                                 D

    1. One of the best ways to stay healthy are to do exercises every morning.

                                    A                 B         C                                    D

    Part 3: Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the following paragraph. (0,5 point)

    (1-THANK) _________________ to television people can get the (2– LATE) _______________ information and enjoy interesting programs in an (3-EXPENSE) ___________________ and convenient way. Nowadays, (4-VIEW) ___________________ can watch a (5-VARIOUS) __________________ of local and international programs on different channels.

    Part 4: Supply the correct form of the verbs in the bracket. (0,5 point)

    1. Some animals (not eat) ______________________ in the winter.
    2. At this time last month, they (work) ______________________ in Ho Chi Minh City.
    3. The house is much smaller than we (think) ______________________ at first.
    4. Either my sister or I (be) ______________________ going to visit our uncle tomorrow.
    5. I (know) ______________________ her for several years.

    III. READING COMPREHENSION (3 points)

    Part 1: Fill in the gap with ONE suitable word to complete the paragraph. (1 point)

    TRADITIONS AND CUSTOMS IN GREAT BRITAIN

    Every nation and every country has its own customs and traditions. In Britain, traditions (1) ____________ a more important part in the life of the people than in (2) ____________ countries. Englishmen are proud (3) ____________ their traditions and carefully keep them up.

    It has been the law (4) ____________ about 300 years that all theaters are closed on Sundays. No letters are (5) _________________ , only a few papers are published.

    To this day, an English family prefers a house with a garden (6) ____________ a flat in a mordern house (7) ____________ central heating. English people like gardens. Sometimes, (8) ____________ garden in front of the house is a little square covered with cement painted green in (9)______________ of grass and a box of flowers.

    Holidays are especially rich in old traditions and (10) ______________ different in Scotland, Ireland, Wales and England. Christmas is a great English national holiday, but in Scotland, it is not kept, except by clerks in banks, all shops and factories are working.

    Part 2: Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each of the following questions by circling its corresponding letter A, B, C or D. (1 point)

    Most people agreed that pop music (1) _____________ in the United States in the 1950s and that it developed from black American music. Since its advent, it was especially (2) _____________ young people. In many countries, they liked listening to it and dancing to it (3) _____________ it was exciting and it was a way of rebelling against their parents’ generation. Many parents strongly (4) _____________ of it. They disliked the way many pop stars looked and acted. They thought the music was rubbish (5) _____________ the group couldn’t sing or play their instruments properly. They said that pop music wouldn’t last for long.

    Today, attitudes are different. Many of today’s parents are people (6) _____________ loved the music when they were young and still do. As a result of this, pop music is no longer for the young. (7) _____________ addition, some of the stars (8) _____________ careers began a long time ago and who are now middled-aged are just as popular today as they were then. Their original fans still like them, perhaps, because they (9) _____________ them of when they were young. At the same time, new generations of young people buy their records and go to their concerts. So pop music was not just  brief fashion. All these years (10) _____________, it is more popular than ever.

    1. A. had B. started C. was D. invented
    2. A. to B. in C. for D. about
    3. A. because B. when C. before D. although
    4. A. disliked B. discussed C. hated D. disapproved
    5. A. or B. so C. and D. then
    6. A. who B. whom C. whose D. they
    7. A. At B. In C. On D. To
    8. A. who B. that C. whom D. whose
    9. A. cause B. help C. remind D. advise
    10. A. since B. later C. again D. then

     

    Part 3: Read the following passage and answer the following questions. (1 point)

    Solar energy is a long lasting source of energy which can be used almost anywhere. To generate solar energy, we only need solar cells and the sun! Solar cells can easily be installed on house roofs, so no new space is needed and each user can quietly generate their own energy. Compared to other renewable sources, they also possess many advantages. Wind and water power rely on turbines which are noisy, expensive and easy to break down. Solar cells are totally silent and non-polluting. As they have no moving parts, they require little maintenance and have a long lifetime.

    However, solar energy also has some disadvantages. We can only generate solar energy during daytime because the system depends on sunlight. Besides, solar cells require large area to work effectively. The main disadvantage of solar energy is that it costs about twice as much as traditional sources such as coal, oil, and gas. This is because solar cells are expensive. Scientists are hoping that the costs of solar cells will reduce as more and more people see the advantages of this environmentally friendly source of energy.

    1. What does the passage primarily discuss?
    2. A. Advantages and disadvantages of solar energy.
    3. B. Solar energy’s advantages over other sources of energy.
    4. C. The cost of solar energy.
    5. D. Solar energy as an alternative for fossil fuels.
    6. What does the word they in line 4 refer to?
    7. A. solar energy users. B. other renewable resources.
    8. C. D. solar cells.
    9. What is NOT mentioned as an advantage of solar cells?
    10. A. They require little maintenance. B. They are non-polluting.
    11. C. They cost little to produce. D. They operate quietly.
    12. Which of the following is NOT a traditional source of energy?
    13. A. solar energy B. oil C. coal                            D. gas
    14. Which of the following is the main disadvantage of solar energy mentioned in the passage?
    15. A. It is expensive. B. Solar cells require large areas to operate.
    16. C. It is unfriendly to the environment. D. It depends on sunlight.

    IV. WRITING (1 point)

    Rewrite the following sentences which have the same meaning with the given, using the suggested words at the beginning.

    1. France presented the Statue of Liberty to the USA in 1876.

    The Statue of Liberty __________________________________________________________________

    2.” If I were you, I would study harder,” he said to me.

    He advised __________________________________________________________________________

    1. His car can’t run as fast as mine.

    My car _____________________________________________________________________________

    1. The picture was so high that the little boy couldn’t touch it.

    The picture _________________________________________________________________________

    1. The deer doesn’t eat meat and hippopotamus doesn’t eat meat either.

    Neither_____________________________________________________________________________

    1. What’s the weight of your suitcase?

    How ______________________________________________________________________________?

    1. I have never read such a romantic story.

    This is ____________________________________________________________________________

    1. Reading scientific books is my interest.

    I am_______________________________________________________________________________

    1. He can’t get the job because he isn’t good at English.

    If he ______________________________________________________________________________

    1. “Which one do you want, the blue or the green one?” John said to her.

    John asked   ________________________________________________________________________

    _____________THE END_____________

     

     

     

    ĐÁP ÁN, HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10

    1. PRONUNCIATION: 1 point: Each correct answer: 0,2 point.
    1. C 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. D
    1. VOCABULARY AND STRUCTURE: 5 points

    Part 1: 3,5 points: Each correct answer: 0,1 point.

    1. C 8. B 15. B 22. C 29. D
    2. A 9. C 16. C 23. D 30. B
    3. D 10. B 17. C 24. A 31. C
    4. B 11. B 18. B 25. B 32. A
    5. D 12. A 19. D 26. D 33. D
    6. D 13. D 20. A 27. A 34. A
    7. C 14. B 21. C 28. C 35. B

    Part 2: 0,5 point: Each correct answer: 0,1 point.

    1. B 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. C

    Part 3: 0,5 point: Each correct answer: 0,1 point.

    1. Thanks 2. latest 3. inexpensive 4. viewers 5. variety

    Part 4: 0,5 point: Each correct answer: 0,1 point.

    1. do not eat 2. were working 3. thought 4. am 5. have known

    III. READING COMPREHENSION (3 points)

    Part 1: 1 point: Each correct answer: 0,1 point.

    1. play 2. other 3. of 4. for 5. delivered
    6. to 7. with 8. a/the 9. imitation 10. are

    Part 2: 1 point: Each correct answer: 0,1 point.

    1. B 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. C
    6. A 7. B 8. D 9. C 10. C

    Part 3: 1 point: Each correct answer: 0,2 point.

    1. A 2. D 3. C 4. A 5. A
    1. WRITING: 1 point: Each correct answer: 0,1 point.
    2. The Statue of Liberty was presented to the USA in 1876 by France.
    3. He advised me to study harder.
    4. My car can run faster than his/his car.
    5. The picture was too high for the little boy to touch.

    (or The picture is not low enough for the little boy to touch.)

    1. Neither the deer nor hippopotamus eat meat.
    2. How heavy is your suitcase?
    3. This is the first time I have ever read such a romantic story.
    4. I am interested in reading scientific books.
    5. If he were good at English, he could get the job.
    6. John asked her if she wanted the blue or the green one.

    (or John asked her which one she wanted, the blue or the green one.)

  • 5 đề thi học sinh giỏi môn tiếng Anh lớp 9 và đáp án

    5 đề thi học sinh giỏi môn tiếng Anh lớp 9 và đáp án

    5 đề thi học sinh giỏi môn tiếng Anh lớp 9 và đáp án

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Đề thi trắc nghiệm môn Quản trị học


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: 5 đề thi học sinh giỏi môn tiếng Anh lớp 9 và đáp án

    đỀ thi chỌn hỌc sinh giỎi lỚp 9 – THCS

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    ĐỀ 1

    Thời gian: 150 phút ( Không kể thời gian giao đề )

    • Ò Sè 11

    Question I : Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other words in each group. (5 pts)

    1. A. both B. month             C. son                  D. none
    2. A. kitchen B. children           C. teacher            D. chemist
    3. A. kindness B. climate            C. village             D. climbing
    4. A. consider B. century            C. cigarette          D. celebrate
    5. A. heat B. teach               C. bread               D. mean

    Question II: Choose the best option from A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences(15 pts)

    1. Peter used to __________ swimming every Friday when he was a student
    2. went B. goes                C. going               D. go
    3. He is not_______ get married.
    4. enough old to B. enough old for                            C. old enough to     D. old enough for
    5. My friend __________ me that he was going to take a driving test
    6. spoke B. told                 C. said                 D. talk
    7. The teacher advised the children __________ and see the dentist regularly
    8. went B. going               C. go                    D. to go
    9. You will miss the last bus to school __________ you leave now.
    10. unless B. until                C. while               D. till
    11. Peter : “ I enjoy listening to pop music,”

    Maria : “__________”

    A .I’m too             B. I don’t             C. Neither do I           D. So am I

    1. I asked my friend __________ he wanted to go out with me.
    2. that B. which              C. what                D. if
    3. I’m learning English __________ I want to get a better job.
    4. or B. but                  C. therefore         D. because
    5. I wish you __________to the theater last night , but you didn’t.
    6. would come   B. had come        C. was coming     D. came
    7. Mike “ Would you like to have dinner with me ?”.

    Jane : “__________”

    1. Yes, I’d love to B. Yes , so do I C. I’m very happy D. Yes, it is
    2. After drinking a big bottle of __________, he got drunk.
    3. wine B. milk                C. water               D. orange juice
    4. Michael : “ It’s hot in here”.

    Tom : “__________ I open the window ?”

    1. Did B. Do                   C. Would             D. Shall
    2. Mary never cooks, __________?
      A. did not she B. doesn’t she     C. does she          D. did she
    3. I don’t study hard enough for the examination. I wish I __________ harder.
    4. study B. studied            C. have studied    D. studies
    5. She looks forward __________ seeing her mother coming back soon.
    6. to B. on                   C. with                D. at

    Question III: Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify the mistakes. (10 pts)

    1. My brother hasn’t played football for last year.

    A                       B    C                 D

    1. Your new bicycle is more cheap than John’s .

    A                            B        C                          D

    1. I am fond with jogging every morning .

    A                  B         C              D

    1. Do you mind to go out with her to buy some ice – creams?

    A        B                C                    D

    1. My brother said me to sit down at the table and do my homework .

    A                B       C              D

    1. My father prefers watching films at home than going to the cinema .

    A                    B                               C             D

    1. I’d like some informations about the flights to Lon Don tomorrow, please.

    A                B                      C                                    D

    1. I wish I can go with you to the seaside next weekend.

    A         B                       C                      D

    1. The film was so bored that all audience had gone home before it ended .

    A        B                      C                              D

    1. Jane asked me how did I go to school everyday.

    A                        B            C       D

    Question IV: Give the correct form of the words in the brackets. (10 pts)

    1. You must be __________ when you open that door . ( care )
    2. We can see many __________ on TV everyday . ( advertise )
    3. I watch the news everyday because it very __________ . ( inform )
    4. He didn’t feel happy because he worked __________ . ( success )
    5. Our school has a lot of __________ teacher ( qualify )
    6. She received a lot of __________ from her mother . ( encourage )
    7. He was very __________ of the work he had done . ( pride )
    8. Do you have a __________ costume in your country . ( nation )
    9. The children are more __________ in cartoons . ( interest )
    10. Every student was very __________ about the holiday . ( excite )

    Question V: Match the sentences in column A with those in column B (10 pts).

    A B
    1. Will you empty the basket for me, please?

    2. How are you today ?

    3. It’s very nice of you to meet me here.

    4. Do come in.

    5. Where is your house ?

    6. Shall we go to the Chemist’s? –  I need some medicine.

    7. Shall we go to the stadium now?

    8. Will you have some more cakes?

    9. Oh, I’m sorry.

    10. Shall I warm the milk for you?

    A. It’s near here .

    B. No, thank you . I’m full.

    C. That’s all right.

    D. Yes, please.

    E. Yes, certainly.

    F. Yes, let’s.

    G. Thank you.

    H. It’s a pleasure.

    I. No, let’s not. I have some.

    J. I’m fine, thanks. And you ?

    1+ …..    2 + ……    3 + …….   4 + …….    5 + ……   7 + …….   8 + ……   9 + …….   10 + …….

     

    Question VI: Choose the word or phrase which best completes each blank in the following passage (10 pts):

    Alexander Graham Bell was born in 1847 in Edinburgh, Scotland. His father was an expert in phonetics. (1)_____ a boy , Alexander became interested in sounds and speech . in 1870, The Bells decided to (2) _____ to America. They lived in Boston, (3) ____ Alexander taught in a school for the deaf. There he began experimenting with a machine (4) _____ help the deaf hear .While experimenting with this machine, Bell had an idea, “Why do not use electricity to (5)_____ the human voice from one place to another ? ” He began to work on a new (6) _____ . For years , Bell and his assistant, Thomas Watson , worked day (7) _____ night. They rented rooms in a boarding house . Bell was on one floor , and Watson was on (8) _____ . They tried to send (9) _____  through a wire . Finally, on March 19th, 1876, Watson heard these words very clearly : “ Mr Watson, come here. I want you.”. Watson rushed upstairs, ran (10) _____ Bell’s room, and shouted , “ I heard you ! ”

    1. A. Despite B. During C. Be D. As
    2. A. leave B. take C. move D. return
    3. A. which B. why C. when D. where
    4. A. for B. in order C. to D. so that
    5. A. go B. get C. change D. send
    6. A. invention B. inventor C. inventive D. invent
    7. A. by B. after C. and D. or
    8. A. others B. the others C. another D. other
    9. A. speaking B. letters C. speech D. telegram
    10. A. onto B. into C. in D. to

     

    Question VII: Read the passage and choose the correct answer. (10 pts)

    Thomas Edison was born in Milan, Ohio, in 1847. His family moved to Port Huron, Michigan, when he was seven years old. Surprisingly, he attended school for only two months. His mother, a former teacher, taught him a few things, but Thomas was mostly self-educated. His natural curiosity led him to start experimenting at a young age.

    Thomas Edison lit up the world with his invention of the electric light. Although the electric light was the most useful, it was not his only invention. He also invented the record player, the motion picture camera, and over 1,200 other things. About every two weeks he created something new. He worked 16 out of every 24 hours.Sometimes he worked so intensely that his wife had to remind him to sleep and eat.

    Thomas Edison died in 1931, in West Orange, New Jersey. He left numerous inventions that

    improved the quality of life all over the world.

    1. Thomas Edison was ______.
    2. a discoverer   B. a teacher                    C. an explorer      D. an inventor
    3. In 1854 Edison’s family ______.
    4. moved to Port Huron, Michigan                    B. bought a new house in Milan, Ohio
    5. decided to settle in Milan, Ohio           D. sent him to a school in New Jersey
    6. The word “self-educated” in the passage mostly means ______.
    7. “having been well taught”                    B. “having had good schooling”
    8. “having taught himself” D. “having had a high education”
    9. Edison died at the age of ______.
    10. 76                            B. 84                              C. 47                              D. 74
    11. Which of following statements is NOT true about Edison?
    12. He invented the motion picture camera.                  B. He didn’t go to school at all.
    13. He made numerous inventions.                     D. He worked very hard.

    Question VIII: Choose the correct sentence which has the same meaning as the given one.( 5 pts)

    1. He last had his eyes tested ten months ago.
    2. He had tested his eyes ten months ago.
    3. He had not tested his eyes for ten months then.
    4. He hasn’t had his eyes tested for ten months.
    5. He didn’t have any test on his eyes in ten months
    6. I have never been to France before.
    7. It’s the first time that I’ve gone to France.
    8. It’s the first time that I went to France.
    9. It’s the first time that I’ve been to France.
    10. It’s the first time that I was to France.
    11. The car was so expensive that I didn’t buy it .
    12. The car was not so cheap that I couldn’t buy it .
    13. The car was such expensive that I didn’t buy it .
    14. The car was cheap enough for me to buy.
    15. The car was too expensive for me to buy.
    16. We must take steps to preserve natural resources; otherwise the planet will be in danger.
    1. Unless we take steps to preserve natural resources, the planet will be in danger.
    2. Unless we take steps to preserve natural resources, the planet will not be in danger.
    3. If  we take steps to preserve natural resources , the planet would be in danger.
    4. If we take steps to preserve natural resources, the planet will be in danger.
    1. “I would study English if I were you ,” Mai’s friend said .
    2. Mai’s friend advised her to study English.
    3. Mai’s friend advised her to have studied English.
    4. Mai’s friend said that she was like Mai..
    5. Mai told her friend to study English.

    Question IX: Complete the second sentence in such a way that it is almost the same meaning as the first (l0 pts):

    1. His parents made him study hard for his exam.

    à He was made _________________________________________.

    1. We spent two hours getting to London.

    àIt took ______________________________________________.

    1. They’ll have to change the date of the meeting again.

    à The date _____________________________________________.

    1. Peter doesn’t play football anymore.

    à Peter used ____________________________________________.

    1. He has been collecting stamps for five years .

    à He started ____________________________________________.

    1. I haven’t seen my sister since 2000.

    à I last ________________________________________________.

    1. “You shouldn’t ride your bike too fast ,” I said to Nam.

    à I advised ______________________________________________.

    1. He is too young to go to school alone .

    à He is __________________________________________________.

    1. “Why don’t we go out for a walk ,” My brother said

    à My brother suggested ____________________________________.

    1. “ It was nice of you to help me. Thank you very much ,” Tom said to you

    à Tom thanked _________________________________________ .

    Question X: Write a passage(about 100- 120 words ) about your  last holiday. (10 pts)

    You may use the following ideas :

    1. Where and when did you go?
    2. Who did you go with ?
    3. How did you go ?
    4. What did you do there?
    5. What did you eat / drink?
    6. Did you take any photographs?
    7. Did you buy any souvenirs ?
    8. How did you feel afterward ? ……

    ĐÁp Án ĐỀ 11

    Question I : 5 points (1p for each correct answer)

    1. A 2/ D    3/ C   4/ A   5/ C

    Question II : 15 points (1p for each correct answer) 1/ D     2/ C    3/ B    4/ D    5/ A     6/ B  7/ D   8/ D  9/ B   10/ A   11/  A 12/ D  13/ C   14/ B   15/ A

    Question III : 10 points (1p for each correct answer)    

    1.     D à since

    2.     Cà cheaper

    3.     B à of

    4.     A à going

    5.     Aà told

    6.     Cà to

    7.     B à information

    8.     B àcould go

    9.     B à boring

    10.                        B à I went

    Question IV : 10 points (1p for each correct answer)

    1/ careful     2/ advertisements    3/ informative   4/ unsuccessfully   5/ qualified

         6/ encouragement   7/ proud        8/ national         9/ interested          10/ excited

    Question V : 10 points (1p for each correct answer)

    1/ +E   2/ +J    3/ +H     4/ +G     5/ +A     6/+ I      7/ +F    8/ +B      9/ +C    10/ +D

    Question VI : 10 points (1p for each correct answer)

    1/  D     2/ C    3/ D     4/ C    5/ D     6/ A     7/ C      8/ C      9/ C     10/ B

    Question VII : 10 po               1/ D   2/ A    3/ C    4/ B    5/ B

    Question VIII : 5 points             1/ C    2/ C    3/ D    4/ A    5/ A

    Question IX : 10 points (1p for each correct answer)

    1. He was made to study hard for his exam.
    2. It took us two hours to get to London.
    3. The date of the meeting will have to be changed again.
    4. Peter used to play football.
    5. He started collecting stamps five years ago.
    6. I last saw my sister in 2000.
    7. I advised Nam not to ride his bike too fast.
    8. He is not old enough to go to school alone.
    9. My brother suggested going out for a walk.
    10. Tom thanked me for helping him.

    Question X : 10 points (1p for each correct sentence: 0,5p for correct verb tense, 0,5p f

    1. a) Contents : 5

    – Good opening, ending                                                           1

    – Cover all the activities mentioned                                         4

    1. b) Language: 5

    + Exact  vocabulary                                                                1

    + Correct spelling                                                                    1

    + Correct tenses/ grammar                                                      1

    + Correct prepositions,  correct articles….                              1

    + Good connectors ….                                                             1

    đỀ thi chỌn hỌc sinh giỎi lỚp 9 – THCS

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    Thời gian: 150 phút ( Không kể thời gian giao đề )

    ĐỀ 12

    Question I: Phonetics (5points)

    Part A:  Choose a word whose underlined part is pronounced     

    differently from the rest of the group ( 3 points ).

    1. A. decided B. lived C. stayed              D. studied
    2. A. likes B. days C. lives                 D. earns
    3. A. fade B. label C. happy              D. sale

    Part  B :  Choose a word whose stress pattern is different from the rest  of the group ( 2 points ).

    1. A. freedom B. humor C. solar                D. suggest
    2. A cover B. account C. install               D. prevent

    Question II : Verb forms ( 15 points )Give the correct form of the verb given in the brackets.

    1. My dad (not like) coffee, he never (drink) it .
    2. Ba is short. He wishes he (be) taller.
    3. This house is empty. It (not live) in for many years.
    4. I hate (get) up early in winter.
    5. Traditionally, the ao dai (wear) by both men and women.
    6. This is my house. I (live) here for 7 years.
    7. I’m busy at the moment. I (clean) the floor.
    8. Where you (spend)  your holiday last summer ?
    9. I (see) Nam while I (go) to school yesterday. We (say) hello and

    (walk) the rest of the road to school together.

    1. My brother is a teacher. He (work) in a school in the city centre.
    2. Listen! They (sing) an English song.

    Question III : Word forms ( 10 points )

    Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word given in capital letters.

    1. There are many ………… parks in Hanoi. BEAUTY
    2. ……….. is now a serious problem in Viet Nam. FOREST
    3. Hoa has a lot of friends as she is so ……….. FRIEND
    4. This magazine is ………… read by both teenagers and adults. WIDE
    5. I hope to speak English as …….. as my teacher. GOOD
    6. Viet Nam is interested in saving ………. resources. nature
    7. We should prepare food …………. before turning on the stove. careful
    8. …………. are concerned about the use of dynamite to catch fish. environment
    9. Ba is very strong. He runs……….. than anyone in the class. fast
    10. I like this website because it is ………for me. Use

    Question IV: Choose the best option to complete each of the following   sentences. ( 15 points)

    1. I didn’t go to school yesterday…………. I was ill.
        A. because B. and C. but D. so
    1. He will stay at home …………….. it rains.
        A. or B. however C. if D. but
    1. That man lives next door, ……………… he?
        A. does B. doesn’t C. don’t D. isn’t
    1. Mary wishes she…………. speak Vietnamese.
        A. can B. could C. should D. will

    5…………..the afternoon, mum feeds the chickens.

        A. Over B. On C. In D. For
    1. She was ill, …………., she offered to help.
        A. although B. because C. therefore D. however
    1. Viet Nam, …………….is in the south-east Asia, exports rice.
        A. who B. which C. that D. whose
    1. What ………… you do if you saw a UFO?
        A. will B. do C. would D. can
    1. Nobody came here yesterday, ……………. ?
        A. didn’t they B. didn’t he C. did he D. did they

    10 Do you remember the name of the girl ………… we met at the party last

    night ?

         A. which B. where  C. who D. whose
    1. We have English ………….. Monday.
        A. in B. on C. at D. for
    1. I first met him a long time ……………..
        A. after B. before C. ago D. already
    1. Could you …………… the radio? I am doing my homework.
         A. get off B. turn off C. go off D. cut off
    1. I can’t solve this math problem. I need someone to ……………. me with it.
        A. help B. save C. fix D. adjust
    1. I had a long conversation with the man ………….. son plays for my school

    football team.

        A. who B. whom C. whose D. what

    Question V: Reading ( 15 points) Part A: Fill in each of the numbered blanks in the following passage with one suitable word ( 10 points)

    Van ,  a student from Ho Chi Minh City, is an exchange student in the

    USA. He is now living with the Parker family on a farm 100 kilometers outside Columbus, Ohio. He will stay there till (1)………. beginning of October.

    Mr. Parker grows maize on his (2)………., while Mrs. Parker works part- time (3)………. a grocery store in a nearby town. They (4)………. two sons. Peter is the same age as Van, and Sam is still in primary (5)………..

    Since Van arrived, he has been learning a (6)……….  about life on a farm. In the afternoon, as (7)………. as he completes his homework, he feeds the chickens and (8)………. their eggs. On weekends, if Mr. Parker is busy, the three (9) ………. help him on the farm.

    On Saturday afternoons, Peter plays baseball. The Parker family and Van eat hamburgers or hot dogs while they watch Peter play. The Parkers are nice so Van feels like a (10) ……….  of their family.

    Part B: Read the passage and choose the best answer. ( 5 points)

    Ted Robinson has been worried all the week. Last Tuesday he received a letter  from the local police. In the letter he was asked to call at the station. Ted  wondered  why he was wanted by the police but he went  to the station yesterday, and now he is not worried any more. At the station, he was told by a smiling policeman that his bicycle had been found. Five days ago, the policeman told him, the bicycle was picked up in a small village four hundred miles away. It is now being sent to his home by train. Ted was most surprised when he heard the news. He was amused too, because he never expected the bicycle to be found. It was stolen twenty years ago when Ted was a boy of fifteen!

    1. What happened to Ted last week?
    2. He lost his bicycle.
    3. He received a letter from his friend.
    4. He was asked to go to the local police station.
    5. He called the local police.
    6. The policeman who met Ted at the station was ……
    7. impolite B. friendly C. generous    D. reserved
    8. Where was the bicycle found?
    9. At the station B. On the train C. In a village     D. In a city
    10. Ted was surprised when he heard the news because …………..
    11. his bicycle was found five days ago.
    12. he believed that the police would find his bicycle.
    13. his bicycle is being sent to his home by train.
    14. he didn’t think his bicycle would be found.
    15. How old is Ted now?
    16. 35 B. 30 C. 20         D. 15.

    Question VI: Writing ( 15 points)

    Part A: Combine each pair of the sentences, using the word in brackets ( 5 points)

    1. Mrs. Thoa was tired. She helped me with my homework. ( although)
    2. Hoa was happy. She got a good mark. ( that)
    3. Ha failed her English test. She had to do her test again. (therefore)
    4. I got wet. I forgot my raincoat. ( because)
    5. It’s raining hard. We can’t go out ( so)

    Part B: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it.( 10 points)

    1. Has someone booked the seats yet?

    Have …………………………………………?

    1. I said to Mrs. Hoa, “What sports do you often play?”

    I asked Mrs. Hoa …………………………………………………

    1. “Is there a TV in the bedroom?”, I asked the landlady.

    I asked the landlady ……………………………………………….

    1. “Let’s go to the cinema. “, Lien said.

    Lien suggested …………………………………………….

    1. What a pity I can’t speak English.

    I wish I ……………………………………………….

    6.”I am going to Hanoi tomorrow”, he said.

    He said that ………………………………………

    1. The poor farmer was tired but he kept working.

    In spite ……………………………………………….

    1. I don’t know the answer, so I can’t tell you.

    If I ………………………………………………………….

    1. I last met him two months ago.

    I haven’t ………………………………………………

    1. If you don’t try hard, you will not pass your final exam.

    Unless ……………………………………………………………………….

    Question VII: Choose the  underlined words which need correcting    (5points)

    1. She asked me if I live in Hanoi.

    A         B     C       D

    1. If you work hard, you would get good marks.

    A                   B                 C            D

    1. A meeting will held next week by the committee.

    A              B                 C      D

    1. Mrs. Lien, whom sings very well, is my teacher of English.

    A                   B            C                   D

    1. The boys are playing soccer over there are from class 9 A.

    A         B                                C    D

    .

    ……………………………………The end…………………………………………….

                                                                              

    Đáp án đỀ 12

    Question I : Phonetics ( 5 points )

    Part A (3 points)     

    1. A 2. A                    3. C

    Part  B    ( 2 points )

    1. D. 5. A

    Question II : Verb forms ( 15 points )

    1.doesn’t / drinks   2. were   3. hasn’t been lived    4. getting    5. was worn    6. have lived/have been living    7. am cleaning   8. did…..spend     9. saw/ was going / said / walked    10. works    11. are singing

    Question III : Word forms ( 10 points )

    1.beautiful   2. Deforestation    3. friendly    4. widely    5. well    6 natural

    1. carefully 8 Environmentalists 9 faster    10. useful

    Question IV: Choose the best option to complete each of the following sentences.

    1. A 2. C             3.B              4.B    5. C             6.D    7. B   8.C

    9 .D           10. C           11.B            12. C 13. B           14. A          15. C

    Question V: Reading ( 15 points)

    Part A:  ( 10 points)

    1. the 2. farm    3. at   4. have    5. school   6. lot    7. soon    8. collects
    2. boys 10. members

    Part B:  ( 5 points)

    1. C. He was asked to go to the local police station.
    2. B. friendly 3. C. In a village 4.D. He didn’t think his bicycle would be found. 5. A. 35

    Question VI: Writing ( 15 points)

    Part A:  (5 points)

    1. Although Mrs. Thoa was tired, she helped me with my homework.
    2. Hoa was happy that she got a good mark.
    3. Ha failed her English test, therefore she had to do her test again.
    4. I got wet because I forgot my raincoat.
    5. It’s raining hard, so we can’t go.

    Part B:  ( 10 points)

    1. Have the seats been booked yet?
    2. I asked Mrs. Hoa what sports she often played.
    3. I asked the landlady if / whether there was a TV in the bedroom.
    4. Lien suggested going to the cinema.
    5. I wish I could speak English.
    6. He said he was going to Hanoi the next day/ the following day.
    7. In spite of tiredness, the poor farmer kept working.
    8. If I knew the answer, I would/ could tell you.

    9 I haven’t met him for two months.

    10 Unless you try hard, you will not pass your final exam.

    Question VII (5 points)

    1. C 2. C            3. B                 4. A           5. B

      

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    đỀ thi chỌn hỌc sinh giỎi lỚp 9 – THCS

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    Thời gian: 150 phút ( Không kể thời gian giao đề )

    ĐỀ 13

     

    1. Find the word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined.
    2. a. trouble b. flu c. tooth                                                                                                d. shoe
    3. a. warm b. thought c. got                                                                                                          d. saw
    4. a. break b. weight c. plane                                                                                                         d. said
    5. a. lived b. buy c. wine                                                                                                  d. fine
    6. a. sit       b. feet                                                                                                                       c. in                             d. if
    7. Choose a, b, c or d to complete the following sentences .
    8. My sisiter will have a ……….. Course of English next month.
    9. two month,      b. two – months   c.  two – month.   d. second – month
    10. To prepare his ………….. works , he spent his while days in his library.
    11. science b. scientific           c. scientist            d. sciences
    12. The less we study , the …………….. we are
    13. worse b. bad                             c. well                   d. good
    14. After the summer holiday, the children all looked…………….
    15. health b. healthy             c. healthful           d. healthily.
    16. The person……………. he works with like him very much.
    17. who b. whom               c. whose               d.  which.
    18. Football……………………… all over the world.
    19. plays b. is playing                   c. is played           d. played
    20. I know ……………….. she has gone for holiday.
    21. when b. where               c. why                  d. which.
    22. Come here and sit ………………… me
    23. besides b. beside               c. between            d. among.

    9.Andrew came to the party ………….he hadn’t been invited.

    1. although b. despite c. incase                d. even

    10.It was Sunday ……….. shop was open, all the others were closed.

    1. One b. a c. An                    d. Some

    III. Fill each gap in the sentences with a suitable preposition .

    1. The teacher divided the class …………………… two groups.
    2. I apologized ……………………… Mary for the misunderstanding.
    3. Look ………………… these flowers . Aren’t they pretty?
    4. I like the picture hanging …………………….. the wall …………………..the kitchen
    5. Tom’s parents was disappointed …………… him because he failed the final test.
    6. My present job isn’t wonderful, but I prefer it …………….. what I did before.
    7. The plan flew ………. The clouds to avoid the storm.

    8.The people next door are furious … us … making so much noise last night .

    1. Give the correct form of the word in the bracket.

    1 .Almost every country in the world is the a member of this……..       (organize)

    2.The 22nd SEA GAMES were great ……………..                                    (succeed).

    1. How ……………….this man is ! (danger )
    2. You are very …………….from your brother . (differ)
    3. We can see many ……………..on T.V everyday. (advertise )

    6.Is it possible to ………between a hobby and an interest?          (distinct)

    7.It was a long, slow film. I nearly died of………………                           (bore)

    8.On a ……..day we receive about fifty letters.                                       (type)

    9.Freedom of………..is one of the fundamental rights.                           (speak)

    10.The duty of the police is the …..of law and order.                            (maintain )

    V: Find out the mistake in four parts underlined of each sentence .

    1. There’s a new Oriental restaurant in town, isn’t it?

    A    B                                  C                 D

    1. Nam seldom pays his bills on time, and his brother does too.

    A                    B                        C                  D

    1. Mai didn’t go to the zoo with her friends last Sunday because her sickness

    A                                    B                                 C                         D

    1. The water and land around the chemical factory are serious

    A                                B                   C                               D

    1. Our neighbor will look for the garden when we go on

    A                       B                             C              D

    1. Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.
    2. Look! / sun / set / mountains
    3. I/ wait/ half an hour/ but she/ not come.
    4. If I/ be/ him / I / choose/ English / learn
    5. In/ end/ I decide/ not buy / dictionary / because/ too expensive
    6. This video film / so interesting / I / see /twice.

    VII. Give the correct tense of the verb in the  parentheses .

    1. We couldn’t risk ( leave)…………… him alone.
    2. I’m sitting in class right now. I (sit) ………….. in class at this time yesterday.
    3. I’m sure you will have forgotten me by the time I (be) ……… back in five years.
    4. Up to now, our teacher ( give ) ………….. our class five tests.
    5. Trung is used to ( get ) ……………. up early every morning.
    6. If you ( smoke ) ……….. less, you would have much more money . But I don’t

    think you will.

    1. What shouldn’t the children ( drink ) ………………. ?
    2. Tom’d rather ( be) …………….. early than late.
    3. I knew him when I ( be ) ……………. a child.
    4. I can’t go with you as I ( not finish ) ……………. my work.

    VIII , Fill in each blank with the most suitable word to complete the text.

    The Browns live in the countryside. Last week when they came up to London, they …1… their times in seeing as much as …2… . Mrs Brown was most interested in stores, especially in Oxford Street, and bought some of …3… things which she could not find in the shops in the countryside. Their two children, George and Susan, …4… had never been to London before, were surprised …5… the crowds everywhere. They enjoyed travelling on the underground and going down the moving stairs …6… lead to the platforms.

    One day they went to Hyde Park and walked along on the grass to Kensington Garden …7… the bright autunm sunshine. It was very quiet here. Only …8… noise from the streets reminded them that they were still in a city. The …9… of the tall trees were turning red, brown and yellow, birds were …10… about, sheep …11… eating the grass, there were …12… of flowers, and ducks were swimming about on the Round Pond. George, …13… hobby was planes and boats, was very much interested in the model boats which boys were sailing …14… the Pond.

    Before the end of the week they had seen a great …15… . They hoped, however, to see more of London on their next visit.

    1. Rewrite the following sentences with suggested words.
    2. It’s such a pity your sister can’t come as well.

    If only…………

    1. The house seemed to have been occupied for several months.

    It looked………..

    1. He was so tired that he fell asleep before the end of the film.

    He was too.…………………………………….

    1. Everyone heard about the accident before I did.

    I was the…….………………………………….

    1. Keeping the environment clean is very important.

    It’s………………………………………….…

    1. He didn’t attend the seminar simply because he was not informed.

    If………..………………………………………..

    1. Although I’m short of money, I’ll lend you some.

    In spite of ……………………………………….

    1. “Don’t swim out too far, boys” I said.

    I warned……….………………………………..

    1. She forgot to add salt, so the food was tasteless.

    If she hadn’t forgotten ……………………………

    1. What a shame you didn’t tell me earlier.

    If only………..…………………………………..

    —————————- END ———————————

    đáp án – h­ưỚng dẪn chẤm  đỀ thi chỌn hỌc sinh giỎi lỚp 9 – THCS

    Môn : Tiếng Anh

    ĐỀ 13

    A- đáp án

    1. Find the word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined.

    (5 Points)

    1. a 3. d                                                                   5.  b
    2. c 4. a

    II.Choose a, b, c or d to complete the following sentences .(  10Points )

    1. c 2. b            3. a                4. b                     5. d
    2. c 7. b             8. b               9. a           10. a

    III. Fill each gap in the sentences with a suitable preposition . ( 10  Points )

    1. into 3. at                             5. in
    2. to 4. on – in                   6. to        7. above     8. with – for
    1. Give the correct form of the word in the bracket. ( 10 Points )
    2. organization 2. success             3 . dangerous        4. different

    5.advertisement    6. distinguish           7. boredom          8. typical

    1. speech 10. maintainance
    1. Find out the mistake in each sentence . ( 5 Points )
    2. D 2. D        3. C      4. D         5. B
    3. Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    ( 5 Points )

    1. Look! The sun is setting behind the mountains
    2. I have been waiting for her for half an hour but she hasn’t come (yet).
    3. If I were him , I would choose English to learn.
    4. In the end, I decided not to buy that (the) dictionary because it was too expensive.
    5. This video film is so interesting that I have seen it twice.

    VII. Give the correct tense of the verb in the parentheses. ( 10  Points )

    1. leaving                                                                                                                                                                                 6. smoked
    2. was sitting 7. drink
    3. am                                8. be
    4. has given 9. was
    5. getting                                           10. haven’t finished

    VIII. Fill in each blank with the most suitable word to complete the text.

    ( 15 Points )

    1. spent 6. which 11. were
    2. possible 7. in 12. lots
    3. the 8. the 13. whose
    4. who 9. leaves 14. on
    5. at (by) 10. flying 15. deal
    1. Rewrite the following sentences with suggested words. ( 10 Points )

    1) If only your sister could come as well.

    2) It looked as if / though the house had been occupied for several months.

    3) He was too tired to stay awake until the end of the film.

    4) I was the last person to know about the accident.

    5) It’s very important to keep the environment clean.

    6) If he had been informed, he would have attended the seminar.

    7.In spite of being short of money, I’ll lend you some.

    8) I warned the boys not to swim out too far.

    9) If she hadn’t forgotten to add salt, the food wouldn’t have been tasteless.

    10) If only you had told me earlier.

    B- HưỚng dẪn chẤm

    – Tổng điểm toàn bài: 80 Points

    – Thang điểm: 20

    Tổng số câu, từ làm đúng

    – Điểm bài thi =

    4

    Tổng điểm toàn bài làm tròn đến 0,25.

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    đỀ thi chỌn hỌc sinh giỎi lỚp 9 – THCS

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    Thời gian: 150 phút ( Không kể thời gian giao đề )

    ĐỀ 14

     

     

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.(10points)

    1. She felt that she (look) at.
    2. I can’t go out because I (not finish) my homework.
    3. If you kicked the policeman, you (arrest)
    4. All students objected to (do) that work.
    5. Trang isn’t in her room at the moment. She (cook) in the kitchen.
    6. I can’t afford ( go) on holiday abroad this year.
    7. Passengers (travel) on this bus bought their tickets in books.
    8. I (not use) the car this evening, so you can have it.
    9. The man who (rescue) had been in the sea for ten hours.
    10. People always (blame) their circumstances for what they are.

    Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    (10 points)

    1. The child should be punished because of his bad ………..       ( behave)
    2. The ………..in this town are very friendly (reside)
    3. Every week, there are two ………..from Ha Noi to Nha Trang. (fly)
    4. We’re very impressed by the ……….of your town’s people. (friend)
    5. All the newspapers praised the ……….of the firemen (brave)
    6. It was …………not to write down the address. ( fool)
    7. The tiger wanted to see the farmer’s …………. (wise)
    8. Bell experimented with ways of transmiting ….over a long distance. (speak)

    9.Freedom of ………..is one of the fundamental rights.                          (speak)

    10.The duty of the police is the ………….of law and order.                 (maintain)

    Question3: a) Change the following sentences into reported speech (5 points)

    1. “Do you live here?” Liz asked
    2. She said “He doesn’t buy this book.”
    3. The teacher said “All the homework must be done carefully.”
    4. “Don’t throw that bottle away. We can reuse it,” said Mr Cuong.
    5. “I don’t understand what you are saying. “Tom told us.
    6. b) Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition.(5points)
    7. Measuring money must be very difficult to carry………..
    8. In this respect, French differs ………….English
    9. I’ll come…………to pick her up at 8 o’clock.
    10. The passage is written …………..English .
    11. Mr Duc Thanh is thinking of exporting rice …………India.

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word (10 points)

    If you live in a city, you probably see many people, hear the (1)…………of traffic, and smell the pollution (2)………cars and factories.

    We are entering a new time in (3) ……history of the world. Before this, most (4) ….. ….. were farmers. They lived in the country. Now many people are (5) …..the farms and moving into the cities. They are looking for better jobs. The cities are growing very quickly. Most cities are very crowded. People are driving more cars, burning more fuel, (6)…….more water, eating more food, making more garbage, and producing more things in factories than (7)……….before. Life is becoming difficult.

    Some governments are trying to plan for the future. They are building new roads, putting (8) ………new houses, looking for more water, and limiting growth in certain areas. Still, city planners are getting worried. People are crowding into the cities (9) …….  than cities can take them. The cities are running out (10)………room. What is the answer to this problem?

    Question 5: Read the passage and choose the best answer. (5 points)

    It is very important to have healthy teeth. Good teeth help us to chew our food. They also help us to look nice. How does a tooth go bad? The decay begins in a little crack in the enamel covering of the tooth. This happens after germs and bits of food have collected there. Then the decay slowly spreads inside the tooth. Eventually, poison goes into blood, and we may feel quite ill.

    How can we keep our teeth healthy?. Firstly, we ought to visit our dentist twice a year. He can fill the small holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check  that they are growing in the right way. Unfortunately, many people wait until they have toothache before they see a dentist.

    Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and fluoride toothpaste at least twice a day- once after breakfast and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal.

    Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body: milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals. They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.

    1. Good teeth help us to …………….
    2. be nice B. have a good eye sight. C. chew our food             D. be important
    3. When food and germs collect in a small crack, our teeth …………
    4. become hard B. begin to decay. C. send poison into the blood.D. makes us feel quite ill.
    5. A lot of people visit a dentist only when …………..
    6. their teeth grow properly B. they have holes in their teeth
    7. they have toothache D. they have brushed their teeth.
    8. We ought to try clean our teeth ……………
    9. once a day B. at least twice a day C. between meals              D. before breakfast.
    10. We shouldn’t eat a lot of ……………
    11. red rice B. fresh fruit                   C. fish                              D. chocolate.

    Question 6: a/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.(5points)

    1. This video film / be/so / interesting / I/ see/ twice/.
    2. It / difficult/ learn English / without/ good dictionary.
    3. He / learn/ English / two years now.
    4. She /used/ stay / her uncle/ when / be / a child.
    5. I/ meet/ my friend/ before/ I / meet her

    b/ There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.(5points)

    1. The climate in Vietnam is different than that of England .
    2. The boys said they have to bring home medals.
    3. He has waited here for a quarter past six.
    4. Surface is many cheaper than airmail.
    5. The bicycle is such old that I don’t want to use it.

    Question7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.(10points)

    1. Vinh keeps forgetting his homework

    à Vinh is……………………

    1. It’s a pity your friend isn’t at this party.

    à I wish ……………

    1. We started living here fifteen years ago.

    à We have ………………….

    1. Trung’s parents gave him a microcomputer on his birthday

    àTrung ………

    1. He has never played a computer game before.

    à This is ……………..

    1. Nga is pleased to meet her aunt again soon.

    à Nga is looking………………

    1. He is too old to have more children.

    à He is so …………………………..

    1. “I’m very busy. I’ll ring you tomorrow,” Susan said to me.

    à Susan ………..

    1. Their teacher is making them to study hard. – They are …………………………
    2. This cheque has not been signed – No………………………………….

    ……………………..The end ……………………….

                                                 Đáp án đỀ 14

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. was being looked is cooking          9.  was rescued   
    2. haven’t finished to go                10. are always blaming
    3. would be arrested travelling
    4. doing am not using

    Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. behaviour/behavior bravery
    2. residents foolish
    3. flights wisdom
    4. friendliness speech
    5. speech 10. maintenance/maintaining

    Question3: a) Change the following sentences into reported speech

    1. Liz asked me if / whether I lived there.
    2. She said (that) he didn’t buy that book
    3. The teacher said/required (that) all the work had to/must be done carefully.
    4. Mr Cuong told/asked us/me not to throw that bottle away (because) they could reuse it.
    5. Tom told us that he didn’t understand what we were saying.
    6. b) Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition.
    7. out to            3. over                           4. in            5. to

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    1. noise using
    2. from ever
    3. the up
    4. people faster
    5. leaving of

    Question 5: Read the passage and choose the best answer.

    1. C 2. B                      3.C              4. B                      5.D

    Question 6: a/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. This video film is so interesting that I have seen it twice.
    2. It is difficult to learn English without a good dictionary.
    3. He has been learning/ has learnt English for 2 years now.
    4. She used to study with her uncle when she was a child.

    Question7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. Vinh is always forgetting his homework.
    2. I wish your friend were at the party.
    3. We have lived/have been living here for 15 years.(since 15 years ago)
    4. Trung was given a microcomputer on his birthday.
    5. This is the first time he has played a computer game.
    6. Nga is looking forward to meeting her aunt again.
    7. He is so old that he can’t have more children.
    8. Susan said to me that she was very busy so she would ring me the following/next day.
    9. They are being made to study hard by their teacher.
    10. No one has signed this cheque.

    đỀ thi chỌn hỌc sinh giỎi lỚp 9 – THCS

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    Thời gian: 150 phút ( Không kể thời gian giao đề )

    ĐỀ 15

     

    Question I: Phonetics  (5 points)

    a, Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.

    1. A. looked               B. missed             C. stopped           D. united
    2. A. smooth              B. both                 C. month              D. think
    3. A. host                            B. lost                            C. most                D. post

    b, Pick out the word whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest.

    1. A. predict               B. receive             C. label                 D. behave
    2. A. document          B. celebrate          C. energy              D. pedestrian

    Question II: (15 points) Put each verb in brackets into an appropriate form.

    1. He still…. (have) a pain in his leg now, but it … (get) better.
    2. -I understand you ….(have) an unpleasant experience at the weekend.

    – What …(happen) ?

    1. I’m sorry about the noise last night. We …(have) a party.
    2. You look tired. You ….(work) too hard ?
    3. When I arrived home, she was busy ….(get) lunch ready.
    4. Imagine you …(be) in London now, Where you …(like) to visit ?
    5. I’m hungry because I ….(not have) breakfast or lunch.
    6. No one expected that he …(be) so successful.
    7. It’s about time something ….(do) about traffic problems in big cities.
    8. I still remember ….(take) to Thu Le zoo once.
    9. The boat was made …(return) by the police.
    10. Is there anything here worth …(buy) ?

    Question III: (15 points) Choose the best answer to complete each sentence.

    1. My pen is out of……….. ink.
    2. the B. Æ                     C. an                    D some
    3. The museum,……….we wanted to visit, was shut when we got there.
    4. that B which                C. what                D. where
    5. Unexpectedly, the lights ………….out and we were left in darkness
    6. went B. turned              C. put                            D. gave
    7. Did Ann’s parents leave her any money ?- No. She has to support…………
    8. her B. all alone           C. herself              D. on her own
    9. Most children feel…………. on New Year’s Eve .
    10. excited B. exciting            C. excitement       D. being excited
    11. How…….. does the plane fly ? – It flies at 6oo m p h.
    12. far B. long                 C. quick                D. fast
    13. The man sat down, took off one shoe, and then……….. .
    14. other B. the other          C. another            D. the rest
    15. My brother has refused that job, ……… the attractive salary.
    16. although B. despite of                  C. in spite of                  D. because of
    17. Let’s go to the beach tomorrow, ……….. ?
    18. shall we B. shan’t we                  C. will you           D. don’t you
    19. There was a small room into………..we all crowded.
    20. it B. that                  C. which               D. where
    21. We started early ………… to miss the train.
    22.   so that            B. so as                C. not in order      D. in order not
    23. Have I………….you about how Mary is getting on at school ?
    24.   told                 B. said                  C. answered                   D. explained
    25. Because of the rain, I was …………. .
    26. late an hour     B. an hour late     C. late for an hour         D. late of an hour
    27. Jamie was ………….. excited to sit still for long.
    28. very                 B. too                             C. so                     D. much
    29. You have to hurry because the …………train will leave in ten minutes.
    30.   last                 B. late                            C. latter                D. latest

    Question IV: (10 points) Give the correct form of the word in the bracket.

    1. The situation was ……….. . Nobody could do anything to help. (hope)
    2. Rudeness never gets you what you want ;………..always pays ! (polite)
    3. Are there any ………..rivers left on earth ? (pollute)
    4. There was a ………….of water here last year. (short)
    5. The scientist took great ………. in his new discovery. (proud)
    6. What is the ………… of this pool ? (deep)
    7. Please …………your seatbelt. The plane is taking off. (fast)
    8. The value of the ………..gold was over $ 10,000. (steal)
    9. I’ve been told some…………news. (surprise)
    10. We should be more……..with our electricity. (economy)

     Question V: (10 points) Fill in the gap with one suitable preposition.

    1. That old man asked me ………… a coin but I didn’t have any.
    2. My children are important………..me.
    3. Wine is made…………..grapes.
    4. He looked at me…………..a smile.
    5. It isn’t an answer…………….my question.
    6. Don’t look at me…………..that.
    7. He is ………….work on a new book.
    8. What do you mean…………..that ?
    9. The car went…………..full speed.
    10. Don’t turn…………from me when I’m talking to you.

    Question VI: (10 points) Rewrite each sentence, starting as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.

    1. I have to do a lot of homework today.

    –  I wish…………….      .

    1. I haven’t enjoyed myself so much for years.

    – It’s years…………     .

    1. You can try to get Tim to lend you his car, but you won’t succeed.

    – There is no point…………………………     .

    4.- There are a lot of  hotels and restaurants in this city.

    – This city…………      .

    1. I last saw him when I was a student.

    – I haven’t…………      .

    1. Is it really necessary for us to arrive so early?

    – Do we really…….  .

    1. Be careful or you may fall.

    – If you………..        .

    1. She left the university two years ago.

    – It……………….       .

    1. This is my first visit to Scotland.

    – I have………..       .

    10.Mark is too young to see the horror film.

    – Mark is not……    .

    Question VII: (5 points) Find out one mistake in each sentence and correct it.

    1. We discussed about the problem.
    2. We are truly sorry that you had to wait so long for the delivery.
    3. I have three brothers, all of them are businessmen.
    4. I’d like to buy a watch as yours.
    5. It will get cold in the desert when winter will come.

     Question VIII: (10 points) Fill in the gap with one suitable word to complete the paragraph.

    There are four people in my family. Each of us has a…..1….hobby. My dad likes reading newspapers because he can get the…..2……news every morning. However, my mom enjoys watching TV and reading magazines. She often spends hours reading articles about fashion and cooking. …..3…… my mom and dad , my brother …..4…..loves exploring websites about airplanes. He spends ….5…..of his free time….6….information about the history and development….7…. aircraft. He also writes emails……8……chats with his friends about his hobby. For me, I am ….9…….interested in listening to music. I love listening to music on the FM radio. I also like music…..10….on TV on Sundays. What about you ? What is your hobby ?

    ĐÁP ÁN

     

    Question :I

    a, 1. D                2. A            3. B

    b, 1. C                2. D

    Question :II

    1. has – is getting 5. getting 10. being taken
    2. had – happened 6. were – would…..like 11. to return
    3. were having 7. haven’t had 12. buying.
    4. have…….worked 8. would be                              9. was done

    Question :III

    1. B 6. D 11. D
    2. B 7. B 12. A
    3. A 8. C 13. B                                                           4. C                      9. A                     14. B
    4. A 10. C 15. A

    Question :IV

    1. hopeless 2. politeness                   3. unpolluted        4. shortage

    5.pride          6. depth               7. fasten               8. stolen

    1. surprising         10. economical

    Question :V

    1. for 3. from        5. to            7. at            9. at
    2. to 4. with 6. like                   8. by          10. away

    Question :VI

    1. I wish I didn’t have to do a lot of homework today.
    2. It’s years since I enjoyed myself so much / I had such a good time.
    3. There is no point in getting Tim to lend you his car.
    4. This city has a lot of hotels and restaurants.
    5. I haven’t seen him since I was a student.
    6. Do we really have to arrive so early?
    7. If you are not careful, you’ll fall.
    8. It is two years since she left the university.
    9. I have never visited Scotland before / I have never paid a visit to Scotland before / I have never been to Scotland before.
    10. Mark is not old enough to see the horror film.

    Question :VII

    1. bỏ about 3. them  ® whom          5. will come ® comes
    2. have had                   4. as  ® like

    Question :VIII

    1. different             6. getting
    2. latest 7. of
    3. unlike 8. or
    4. only 9. really
    5. most 10. program( me )
  • Đề thi học sinh giỏi TIẾNG ANH lớp 9

    Đề thi học sinh giỏi TIẾNG ANH lớp 9

    Đề thi học sinh giỏi TIẾNG ANH lớp 9

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Hướng dẫn giải đề thi tuyển sinh Đại học năm 2013 môn HÓA khối B


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề thi học sinh giỏi TIẾNG ANH lớp 9

    Đề thi học sinh giỏi TIẾNG ANH lớp 9

     

    A/ PHONETIC

    I.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

    1. a. program. b.foreign                      c. disagree                   d.beginner
    2. a. hard b.delicious c. wonderful                d.grandmother

    3.a. adults                    b.magazines                 c.controls                     d. newspapers

    4.a.deposit                   b.documentary                        c. wonderful                d.respond

    5.a.disagree                 b.disadvantage                        c.informative               d. advetisement

    II .Choose the word  whose main stress is placed differently from the others.

    1.a. religion                 b. violent                     c. logical                      d. scenery

    2.a.limit                       b.conment                   c. order                        d.impress

    3.a.informative            b. information             c.limitation                  d.interactive

    4.a.institute                 b.regional                    c.scenery                     d.religious

    5.a.occasion                 b. grocery                    c.linguistics                 d. pagoda

    B/GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY.

    I. Choose the best option to complete these sentences.

    1. If the weather( clears/ be clear/ cleared/ will clear), we’ll go for a walk 2.(Fee/Tuition/ Tuitions/ Fees) increased by 5% at slate universities this year.
    2. He asked her where she (goes/was going/ will go/ are going).
    3. The teacher told us ( not talk/ not talking/ don’t talk/ not to talk).
    4. There’s a very interesting ( news / service/ documentary/ intertainment) about life in the Arctic.
    5. Daisy asked him ( if /or not/ what/ either) Mary was his sister.
    6. Tom shouted (to/ at/ on/ with) the men fusiously.
    7. Only 40% of 5- year-old children have access ( about / with/ to/ in) preschool education.

    9.That’s Jonh’s ( is he/ isn’t he/ is it/ isn’t it)?

    1. It’s an intertaining and (informed/ informal/ inform/ informative) documentary.

    11 .Most of my classmates are interested in ( putting / dressing/ getting/ wearing) uniform.

    1. You won’t catch the last train, ( as / although/ except/ unless) you hurry.
    2. We went to the airport to ( say/ tell/see/ join) off our grandfather who was leaving for Hue.
    3. If only we ( had / have/ having/ will have) a washing machine.
    4. Great Britain consists (over/ of/ about/ in) England, Scotland and Wales
    5. I think he will join us, (don’t I/ will he/ doesn’t he/ won’t he ) ?
    6. It took the director two hours (explaining us the new project/ to explain us the new project/ explaining the new project to us/ to explain the new project to us).
    7. The animals in the zoo ( feed / is fed/ are feeding / are fed) twice aday.
    8. How long (have you learnt/ you have learnt/ have you been learnt/ you have been learnt) English?
    9. Go and get me some water (do you/ haven’t you) won’t you/ will you) ?

    V. Supply the correct forms of the words.

    1, The new technology is vital if we want to have high (economy) growth.

    2, (Tradition), the ao dai was worn by both men and women.

    3, She has great (improve) in her writing English essays.

    4, The shoes were nice, but they were (comfort)

    5, What must we do in our countryside to (minimum) pollution.

    6.There are many cultural (differ) between his country and mine.

    1. It’s (usual) cold today, considering it’s still summer.

    8.There are( argue) about wearing uniforms at school.

    1. Liverpool is an(industry) city in the North of England.
    2. Harry asked for a( receive) and the cashier gave him one.

    C: READING

    I. Read the text carefully, then choose the most suittable answers.

    It is estimated that about 200 million people who use the Internet computer network around the world. The Internet allows people to work at home instead of traveling to work. The Internet allows businesses to communicate with customers and workers in any part of the world for the cost ofa local telephone call. E.mail allows users to send documents, pictures and other data from one part of the world to another in at least 5 minutes. People can use the Internet to do shopping. This saves a lot of time. It is possible to use the Internet for education- students may connect with their teachers from home to send or receive e.mail or talk their problems though ‘on- line’ rather than attend a class.

    1. The Internet allows people……………………………………………………
    2. to stay at home and rest b. not to work
    3. to travel to work d. to work at home
    4. To a business, the Internet is ………….to communicate with customers.
    5. a cheap way b. a very expensive way
    6. an inconvenient way d. a difficult way
    7. E.mail can be used to send……………………………………………………
    8. documents b. information
    9. data d. all are correct
    10. It takes………………….to do the shopping on the Internet
    11. a lot of time b. a little time
    12. less time d. more time
    13. To use the Internet for educacion is………………………………………
    14. impossible b. possible
    15. inconvenient d. difficult

     

    II. Read the passage and answer with true (T)/ false (F)/ not given (N)

    There are about 3000 living languages in the world, but only six of them are the most important ones. Two- thirds of the world’s population speaks those languages. More than 400 million pepople speak English as their mother tongue. Another 400 million speak it as a second language. No one knows how many people speak it as a foreign language. Chinese is the language with more speakers than English, but it is only the language for more than one billion Chinese people. English is the official language on one- fifth of the land area in the world. It is spoken in North America, Great Britain, Australia, and New Zealand. In South Africa and India it is one of the official languages. In many countries, the textbooks in universities are written in English. More than three- fourths of the world’s mail is composed in English. More than three- fifths of the radio stations broadcast programs in English. More than half of the scientific and research journals are in English. English is the language of the international communication.

    1. Chineese is the most important language.
    2. About 66.6 per cent of the world’s population  speak six major language.
    3. Vietnamese speak English as their first language.
    4. 75 per cent of the world’s mail is in English.
    5. 40 per cent of the world’s radio staions use English.
    6. English has  more  speakers than Chinese.
    7. People in India speak English as their second language.
    8. People in New Dehli cannot speak English.
    9. People in France speak English as their foreign language.
    10.  People in Australia also speak English.

     

    D: WRITING.

    I. Rewrite these sentences , using words or phrases given

    1, I don’t want to dance this evening

    ® I don’t fell like…………………………………….

    2, Study harder or you’ll fail in the next exam.

    ®  If you………………………………………………

    3,We didn’t  go out because of the rain.

    ®Because it………………………………………………

    4, People find the Internet interesting, don’t they?

    ®Do ……………………………………………………….

    5, People speak English all over the world. They also use it as the main language in many countries.

    ®English is……………………………………………………….

    6, “This is quite good model, madam. I use one of these myself”: said the salergirl.

    The salergirl said……………………………………………………………….

    7, It’s very easy to learn to ride a bicycle.

    ®Learning…………………………………………………………………

    8, He said: “ Happy new year”

    ®He wishes me…………………………………………………………………

    9, I prefer to go by myself.

    ®I would………………………………………………………………………

    1. People say that this tree is 1000 years old.

    ®This …………………………………………………………………………

     

    VII/ Write a letter to your friend ,tell him/ her about your last summer holiday.( about 100-120 words)

    ĐÁP ÁN HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

    A.

    I.(0,5đ)

    1.b.foreign 2.d. grandmother 3.a.adults 4.c.wonderful 5.d. advetisement

    II.(0,5đ)

    1.a.religion 2.d.impress 3.a.informative 4.d.religious 5.b.grocery

    B.

    I.(2đ)

    1.clears

    2.Tuitions

    3.was going

    4.not to talk

    5.documentary

    6.if

    7.at

    8. to

    9.isn’t it

    10. informative

    11.wearing

    12.unless

    13.see

    14.had

    15.of

    16.won’t he

    17.to explain the new project to us

    18.are fed

    19.have you leart

    20.will you

    II.(1,5đ)

    1.economic

    2.Traditionally

    3.improvement

    4.uncomfortable

    5.minimize

    6.differences

    7.unusual

    8.arguments

    9.industrial

    10.receipt

    C:

    I(0,5đ)

    1.d. to work at home 2.a. a cheap way 3.d. all are correct 4. less time 5.b. possible

    II.(1,5đ)

    1.F

    2.T

    3.F

    4.T

    5.F

    6.F

    7.T

    8.F

    9.N

    10.T

    D:

    I.(2đ)

    1.I don’t fell like dancing this evening.

    2.If you don’t study harder, you will fail in the next exam.

    3.Because it rained, we didn’t go out.

    4.Do people find the Internet interesting?

    5.English is spoken all over the world. It is also used as the main language in many countries.

    6.The salergirl said it was quite good model. She used one of them herself.

    7.Learning to ride a bicycle is very easy.

    8.He wishes me a happy new year.

    9.I would rather go by myself.

    10.This tree is said to  be 1000 years old.

    II.(1,5đ)

    Tuỳ thuộc vào câu văn, ngữ pháp và số lượng từ của học sinh , giám thị chấm cho phù hợp.

  • Bộ đề thi tốt nghiệp THPT môn Tiếng Anh 12

    Bộ đề thi tốt nghiệp THPT môn Tiếng Anh 12

    Bộ đề thi tốt nghiệp THPT môn Tiếng Anh 12

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Đề thi Nghiệp vụ ngoại thương có đáp án


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Bộ đề thi tốt nghiệp THPT môn Tiếng Anh 12

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 11                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    1. Find out a mistake

    The more    he looks     at    me ,  the   more     happier     I am.

    A                            B                       C            D

    1. Do you like books with an ………………… story?
    2. interested               B.  exciting              C.  excited                     D. interest
    3. ………… your raincoat. It stops raining.
    4.   Put on                    B. Put off                  C . Take on                   D.Take off
    5. You ……………come with me if you don’t want to .I’ll go on my own.
    6. shouldn’t B.can’t                     C. mustn’t               D. don’t have to
    7. This car is more ……………….than that one.
    8. modern B.fastest                   C.fast                      D. faster
    9. “ There is someone at the door.” “Ok …………………………”.
    10. I open it                                                              B. I’ll open it
    11. I am going to open it  D. I’d open it
    12. It is in Quebec…………………..French is used as an official language .
    13. which B. where                 C. in where                     D.  that
    14. Who was the first person …………………..the South Pole?
    15. reached B. to reach         C.  who reaches              D. had reached
    16. He pretented to be ill…………he could stay home to watch an interesting football on TV.
    17. so as to B. in order to      C. in order that               D. because
    18. you / mind  /    close    /     the door /?
    19. Would you mind me to close the door ?     B. .Do you mind to close the door ?
    20. Would you mind if I close the door ? D. Would you mind closing the  door?
    21. Please speak a little more ……………… .
    22. slow                   B.slowly                        C.slower                      D.slowlier
    23. If Nam can type………………….she can, he is very good.
    24. as quick as B. quicker then        C. as quickly as        D. as  more quickly as
    25. ………………to the station when I saw you this morning?
    26. Have you gone                                              B. Were you going
    27. Have you been going D. Are you going

    14.Pick out the word the underlined part of which is pronounced differently from the

    rest

    1. hiding B. written                  C. vision                     D. picture
    2. Find out a mistake

    You     needn’t    to    come tomorrow   if    you have something else to do.

    A                                            B             C                                D

    1. Find out the word that has a different stress pattern from the others.
    2. computer           B. museum            C. important              D. visitor
    3. I don’t watch TV as often as my sister does
    4. My sister  watches TV more than I do.
    5. My sister  often watches TV more than I do.

    C.My sister   watches TV more  often than I do.

    D My sister  watches TV more than I  often  do. .

    18.Pick out the word the underlined part of which is pronounced differently from the

    rest

    1. mechanic B. chance                     C. chapter                     D. campus

    *Read the text and choose the words or phrase that best fits each space

    We are all slowly destroying the earth. The seas and rivers are (19)……… dirty to swim in . There is so much smoke  in the air that it is (20)…… to live in many  of the world’s cities.In one well- known city,for example,(21)……. gases from cars pollute the air so much that traffic policemen have to (22)………………. Oxy masks.

    We have cut down (23)……..  many trees that there are now vast areas of (24)…… all over the world . As a (25)… ,farmers in parts of Africa can’t grow enough to eat .In certain countries  in Asia , there is too (26)….. rice.Moreover,we do not take enough(27)……… of the countryside.Wild animals are  quickly (28)…… .For instance , tigers are rare in India now (29)…. We have killed too many for them to (30)………. However, it isn’t enough simply to talk about the problem.We must act now  before it is too late to do anything about it .Join us now .Save the earth .

    1. A. very B. too                      C. much               D . enough
    2. A. unfit                   B. inappropriate      C. unlikely           D. unhealthy
    3. A. poisonous B. serious                C. bad                  D. evil
    4. A. take             B. bring                 C.  wear               D.  carry
    5. A. so                B. much                 C. too                  D. enough
    6. A. ground B.wasteland        C. fields               D.  meadows
    7. A. fact                        B. matter                 C. problem            D.  result

    26     A.  little                      B. few                     C. much                       D. fewer

    27     A. attention                B. care                    C. time                         D. deny

    1. A. escaping     B. hiding              C. running                      D. disappearing

    29     A. because         B.  when                 C.  and               D. so

    1. A. die              B. preserve                    C.  survive            D. continue

    31.Find out the word that has a different stress pattern  from the other.

    1. dismiss      B. destroy                      C. discount           D. district
    2. “Daisy had a careful look at the picture on the wall.” Means…………………….
    3. Daisy looked at the picture on the wall carefully.
    4. Daisy took a care look at the picture on the wall .
    5. Daisy looked carefully at the picture on the wall.

    D.Daisy looked carefully on the picture at the wall.

    1. She is……………… her husband.
    2.   as the same age as                                        B. as the same  old as

    C.at the same age as                                           D. the same age as

    1. He arrived ………………. you were asleep.
    2. at             B. during                        C. until                    D. while

    35.Find out a mistake

    They      told       to       him   what      to  do.

    A                B       C          D

    36.Pick out the word the underlined part of which is pronounced differently from the rest

    1. phoned B. raised                C. called                       D. cooked
    2. How can I ………………to the post-office ?
    3. reach               B.get                      C. find                           D. arrive
    4. ……………………………….., she wouldn’t have failed the exam.
    5. If Lan studied hard B. Unless Lan had studied hard
    6. If Lan had studied hard            D. If Lan studied hard
    7. He has been living in HCM city for years;…………..
    8. so he knows it better than I. B. however, he knows it better than I.
    9. therefore, he knows it better than I. D. and he knows it better than I.
    10. The more studious she is, …………………………………….. .
    11. the more happy her parents are B. the more happier her parents are
    12. the happier her parents are                  D. the  happiest her parents are
    13. We go to school regularly,……………………………. .
    14. that makes our teacher happy B. which makes our teacher happily
    15. it makes our teacher happy D. which makes our teacher happy
    16. Nam and Hoa attend an English speaking club………………………….. .
    17. so as to improving their pronunciation

    B.in order to improve their pronunciation

    1. so that they improving their pronunciation
    2. in order improve their pronunciation

    43.Find out a mistake

    At first we found it  difficult to get used to drive on the other side of the road.

    A                               B                            C                          D

    44.“What do you do?” “…………………”

    1. I’m a typist. B. I’m typing a letter.
    2. I’m type a letter. D. I typing letters
    3. “Would you like a cake?” “……… ……….”
    4. Yes, I’d like B. Yes, I like                C. Yes, please          D. Yes,I do
    5. “ Excuse me.” “………………….”
    6. Please B. No, I’m not             C.Yes, I am              D.Yes ?

    *Read the text and answer the questions

    Are you stressed at work? Are you doing anything about it?You should. And your boss should help you. A stressed employee usually makes mistakes, and mistakes cost money. So, here is our advice:

    Take a break! Stress causes mistakes. A break really helps you to relax.

    Don’t miss lunch! A hungry person doesn’t think clearly! And a nice meal doesn’t take much time.

    Listen to music ! Quiet music usually relaxes your body and mind. Loud music doesn’t always help.

    Laugh!  It makes you feel better. Read a funny story or chat with a colleague, then go back to work.

    Try these suggestions next time you are stressed and you feel better.

    47.Which sentence is not true?

    1. You spend a lot of money on stressful work.
    2. You can’t work effectively if you are stressed.
    3. You often make mistakes when you are hungry.
    4. Quiet music eases your mind.

    48.What helps a stressed worker to relax?

    1. A short break and a big meal. B. Loud music and laughter.
    2. A nice lunch and a short break. D. Loud music and a funny story.

    49.According to the writer,

    1. all work and no relaxation result in stress.
    2. your boss can help you to get rid of stress.
    3. a stressed employee spends a lot of time.
    4. it takes you much time to do your work if you are stressed at work.

    50.What is the best title for the passage?

    1. A hard-working day B. How to work without stress
    2. All work and no play       D. How to help a stressed employee

    THE END

     

    =============================

     

     

     

    KEY        Câu 1. C             11. B            21. A         31. D               41. D

                   Câu  2. B             12. C           22. C     32. A          42. B

    1. D             13. B           23. A     33. D          43. C         
    2. D 14. A       24. B         34. D          44. A
    3. A 15. A       25. D        35. A          45. C

                            6 . B             16. D      26. A        36. D          46. D

                            7 . D             17. C      27. B         37. B           47. A

                            8 . B             18. B      28. D        38. C          48. C

                            9 . C             19. B      29. A        39. C          49. A

                           10 .D             20. D      30. C        40. C          50. B

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 12                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    Chọn phương án A( hoặc B, C, D ) ứng với từ ,cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau:

    1.When I want to have my hair cuts I often go to the hairdresser’s.

    1. have B. cuts C. When                         D.hairdresser’s
    2. They asked me what did happen last night, but I was unable to tell them.
    3. to tell B. what did happen C. asked                         D. but
    4. Different conversation efforts have been made in order to saving endangered species.

    A different            B. endangered species             C. saving                        D. have been made

    1. John keeps working in spite of he feeling unwell
    2. keeps B. he C. working           D. unwell
    3. Nonla, that is one of the typical symbols of the Vietnamese culture, has a conical form
    4. a B. of C. that                  D. typical

    C họn từ ứng với A( hoặc B,C, D.) có phần gạch dưới được phát âm khác với các từ còn lại

    1. A. smiled B. worked C. picked              D. jumped
    2. A. dates B. bags C. photographs    D. speaks
    3. A. should B. could C. ought               D. would

    Chọn từ ứng với A, (hoặc B, C, D) có phần trọng âm rơi vào vị trí khác so với các từ còn lại.

    1. A. habitat B. sociable C. wildlife             D. commitment

    10A.eliminate       B. accompany                         C. sacrifice           D. determine

       Chọn từ ứng với A (hoặc B, C,D) để hoàn thành đoạn văn.

    Nearly all the discoveries that have been made through the ages can be found in books. The invention of the book is one of humankind’s greatest achievement, the ………11………….of which cannot be overestimated. Books are very adaptable providing us with both entertainmentand ………….12……… The production of books began in Ancient Egypt, though not in a form that is recognizable to us today.

    The books read by the Romans, however, have some ………..13………to  the ones we read now. Until the ………..14……….. of the 15th century, in Europe, all books were written by hand. They were often beautifully illustrated and always rare and expensive. With printing came the possibility of cheap, large-scale publication and distribution of books, making….15……………more widespread and accessible.

    11.A. important   B. importantly                         C. importance                D. more important

    1. A. news B. data C. facts                           D. information
    2. A. alike B. likeness C. similarities                 D. same
    3. A. center B. middle C. heart                          D. core
    4. A. knowledge B. mind C. brain           D. awareness

    Chọn phương án A (hoặc B, C, D ) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau:

    1. She is ……………….. in asking for bigger salary. She has worked hard.
    2. reason B. reasonable C.unreasonable    D.unreasonably
    3. Hoa told me that she …………….. to lock the door that morning.
    4. would forget B. had forgotten           C. has forgotten   D. was forgetting
    5. Smoking cigarettes is……………. in many public places. One must not smoke in those places.
    6. allowed B. prohibited C. encouraged      D. stopped
    7. ……………….you if I ……………… your phone number.
    8. I’ll phone- did not lose B. I’d phone- had not lost
    9. I’d have phoned- had not lost D. I’d phone- had not lost
    10. Athletes do their best to win medals……………… to winners as rewards.
    11. which give B. are given C. given                D. to give
    12. ……………. you practise your English…………… you will learn.
    13. more- faster B. the more- the faster C. the more- faster         D. the most- the faster
    14. Without………..air and water, living things could not survive.
    15. X B. the           C. an                    D. a
    16. She ………….. so hard this week that she has not had time to go to the hairdresser’s
    17. worked B. has been working                        C. had worked      D. was working

    24.Governments have enacted laws to protect wildlife………. commercia trade and overhunting

    1. with B. by           C. for                              D. from

    25My roommate suggested…………………..on a picnic on Sunday.

    1. going B. to come           C. to go                          D. coming
    2. Remember to ………………….your shoes when you are in a Japanese house.
    3. look up B. give up           C. take off                      D. turn off
    4. 27. Could you stop the bus, please? I want to get off.

    The underlined word in the sentence is a(an)………………….

    1. irregular verb B. modal verb C. transitive verb           D.intransitive verb

    28.Either you will leave now……………….?

    1. I will also call the police C. or I will call the police
    2. but I will call the police D. or will I call the police
    3. He’ been studying really hard,…………….he can pass the exams.
    4. but B. although C. however                     D. so
    5. There’s plenty of time for you to make up your mind. You……………….decide now.
    6. must B. mustn’t C. needn’t                      D. might
    7. ……………….is a story long enough to fill a complete book,in which the characters and events are usually imaginary.
    8. thriller B. novel C. biography                  D. romance
    9. You won’t be allowed to work here……………you show your qualification.
    10. since B. unless C. for                              D. while
    11. “Woo! You look great with your new hair.”
    12. You’re welcome C. congratulation!
    13. It’s a pleasure D. Thanks.It’s nice of you to say so

    34.He’s one of the most……………people I’ve ever met. He never stops talking and he never says anything……………..

    1. boring- interested B. bored- interested C. bored-interesting      D. boring- interesting
    2. In water polo, ………………are allowed to hold the ball with both hands.
    3. attackers B.players C. goalies                   D.captains

    Chọn phương án ứng vớiA hoặc (B, C, D)  có cách diễn đạt giống câu gốc.

    36.I’d like you to turn off the television.

    1. Could you turn off the television? B. Could I turn off the television?
    2. Would you mind my turning off the television D. Do you agree to turn off the television?
    3. “Would you like me to help you?” I asked Joe.
    4. I accepted to help Joe. B. I offered to help Joe.
    5. I agree to help Joe D. I promised to help Joe
    6. 38. I didn’t go to bed early, so I didn’t wake up at 7.00.
    7. If I went to bed early, I would wake up at 7.00. B. If I had gone to bed early, I will wake up at 7.00.
    8. If I went to bed early, I would have woken up at 7.00.D. Had I gone to bed early,I would have woken up at 7.00.
    9. 39. He offered to help her with the heavy suitcase, which was kind.
    10. The suitcase which he offered to help her with was kind.
    11. He offered to help her but the suitcase was too heavy.
    12. It was kind of him to offer to help her with the suitcase.
    13. It was kind of her to have him help with the suitcase.
    14. 40. Excuse me,but is anyone sitting here?
    15. I’m sorry, but there’s only one chair here. B. Is this seat taken?
    16. May I put one seat in here? D. I’m terribly sorry, but someone is sitting here.

     Chọn câu đúng nhất ứng với A (hoặc B, C, D) từ những từ gợi ý

    1. 41. it/ necessary/ us/ think/ about/ this matter.
    2. It’s for us to think about this matter carefully necessary.
    3. To think about this matter carefully it necessary for us.
    4. For us to think about this matter it’s necessary.
    5. It’s necessary for us to think about this matter carefully.
    6. 42. I/ can not/ remember/ name/person/ whom/ gave / money.
    7. I can’t remembe the name of the person to whom I gave the money.
    8. I gave the money whom the name of the person I can’t remember.
    9. I can’t remember the name of the person whom I gave the money.
    10. I can’t remember the name of person to whom I gave the money.
    11. 43. It/ think/ / chemicals/ convey/ information/ brain.
    12. It been thought that chemicals convey information to the brain.
    13. It has been thought that chemicals convey informaton to the brain.
    14. It has been thought chemicals convey information to the brain.
    15. It has thought that chemicals convey information to the brain.
    16. 44. the harm of smoking/ question/ not/ entirely settled.
    17. The harm of smoking is a question that has not entirely been settled.
    18. The harm of smoking have questions that entirely not been settled.
    19. The harm of smoking is a question that has not entirely settled.
    20. The harm of smoking being a question that has not entirely been settled.
    21. 45. spring/ nature/ awaken/ long/ winter sleep.
    22. At spring, nature awakens from her long winter sleep.
    23. In spring, nature awakens from her long winter sleep.
    24. On spring, nature awakens by her long winter sleep.
    25. In spiring, nature awakens by her long winter sleep.

     Đọc đoạn văn rồi chọn phương án đúng nhất ứng với(A( hoặc B, C, D) cho mỗi câu sau.

    Aerobic exercise can help you lose weight.It can help you stay at a heathy weight. Aerobic exercise burns calories. A calorie is a unit of measurement . It measures the amount of energy in foods. It measures the amount of energy  your  body uses. When you take in the same number of calories that you burn every day, your weight stays the same. If you take in more calories than you burn, you gain weight. If you take in fewer calories than you burn, you lose weight.Regular exercise helps you burn calories. Strength training may also help with weight control. Lifting weights burns calories. Lifting weights also makes more muscle in your body. Muscles burn more calories than fat.

    Stretching exercises can make your body more flexible. There are stretches for your arms,legs, neck, and trunk. Many people do slow exercises and stretches called yoga to make their bodies more flexible. A physical education teacher can show you how to do stretches. You should do warm-up stretches before you do aerobic or anaerobic exercises. You should do cool-down stretches when you are finished exercising. Warm-up and cool-down stretches can help prevent muscle injuries.

    1. your weight will be the same
    2. by doing aerobic exercise.
    3. by lifting weights
    4. when the number of calories you take is every day in burnt.
    5. when you measure the amount of energy in foods every day.
    6. 47. You put on weight
    7. when you take in less calories than you burn. B unless you do exercise regularly
    8. by doing regularly exercise to burn calories. D when you take in more calories than you burn
    9. 48. Strength training like lifting weights may help with weight control because
    10. it burns calories by making more muscles. B. it makes fat burn calories
    11. weight are always havey to lift D. you are too tired to take in calories
    12. Yoga, which makes your bodies more flexlible, are
    13. warm-up stretches B. only for people who need weight control
    14. included in weight lifting D. slow exercises and stretches

    50.Warm-up and cool-down stretches

    1. are needed before you do aerobic exercise   B. help you finish exercising feeling better
    2. should be done if you want to avoid muscle injuries D. prevent muscles from burning calories.

    ĐÁP ÁN:

    1. B 2.B 3.C    4.B    5.C    6.A    7.B    8.C    9.D    10.C 

    11.C  12.D  13.C  14.B  15.A  16.B  17.B  18.B  19.C  20.C

    21.B  22.A  23.B  24.D  25.A  26.C  27.C  28.C  29.D  30.C

    31.B  32.B  33.D  34.D  35.C  36.A  37.B  38.D  39.C  40.B

    41.D  42.A  43.B  44.A  45.B  46.C  47.D  48.A  49.D  50C

     

     

     

     

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 13                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words

    1.A advises                    B.raises                C.devises                        D.goes

    2.A.played           B.worked             C.ruled                           D.cried.

    3.A.hour              B.honest               C.honor                         D.host

    II.Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others.

    4.A.economic       B.experience         C.entertainment    D.introduction.

    5.A.extinction      B.animal               C.classify             D.primary.

    III.Choose one best option to complete each sentence

    6.Chemical wastes from factories are _______ that cause serious damage to species habitats.

    A.pollutes            B.pollutants                   C.pollutions         D.polluters.

    7.I’m looking forward _____ hearing from you.

    A.in                      B.of                      C.at                      D.to.

    1. The bomb _______ with a cloud bang which could be heard all over the town.

    A.went out           B.went off            C.went away        D.went up.

    9.Sometimes it is _______ to find suitable books for our children.

    A.difficult             B.difficulty           C.difficultly          D.difficulties.

    10.Nam, stop reading. ______ the book down and go to bed.

    A.take                  B.put                             C.set                     D.pick.

    11.When Linda ______ last night,I _________ my favourite show on T.V.

    A.was calling / watched                              B.called/ have watched

    C.called / was watching                     D.had called / watched.

    12.We are not allowed _____ jeans at school.

    A.wear                 B.to wear             C.wearing             D.worn.

    13.When the police ________ , the thief _________.

    A.came / left.                                     B.had come / had left

    C.had come / left                               D.came / had left.

    1. -What ______ beautiful dress you are wearing!

    -Thank you.That is _____ nice compliment.

    A.a /a                   B.the /C./               D.the / the.

    15.I understood what you said. ______ I didn’t agree with you.

    A.So                     B.Although                    C.However           D.Therefore.

    16.School uniform is compulsory in most of Vietnamese schools.

    A.depended                    B.required            C.divided              D.paid.

    17.Education _______ to be the most important element to develop a country.

    A.often be considered                       B.can often consider

    C.can often considered                      D.can often be considered.

    18.I would appreciate it _____ what I have told you a secret.

    A.you can keep    B.that you kept    C.you will keep              D. if you kept.

    19.Mrs White, ______ taught me English 5 years ago,is a good teacher.

    A.who                  B.that                   C.whom                         D.whose.

    20.That is the place ______ there used to be a monument.

    A.which                B.where                C.when                          D.that.

    21.Peter : “Let’s go camping”.

    Mary: “_____________”.

    A.Oh, what’s a pity.                         B.I’m sorry to hear that.

    C.Oh, that’s a good idea.                            D.You are welcome.

    22.”Where do you buy this book ?”, said Mary to John.

    A.Mary asked John where did he buy that book.

    B.Mary asked John where he buy that book.

    C.Mary asked John where he bought that book.

    D.Mary asked John where he bought this book.

    23.The air in the country is not as pure as it _______.

    A.might be           B.used to be                   C.would be                    D.must be.

    24.Which is NOT correct ?

    A.Had he studied hard, he would have passed the exam.

    B.If he had studied hard, he would have passed the exam.

    C.Unless he had studied hard, he would have passed the exam.

    D.If he hadn’t studied hard, he would have failed the exam.

    25.It’s important ____ students to read as many books as possible.

    A.up                     B.about                          C.to                      D.for.

    1. I hate ………………….. a child …………………… .
    2. see/ crying B. see/ cry           C. seeing/ to cry   D. seeing/ cry

    27.I visited the museum yesterday, and my friend ………….. .

    1. did, too B. did so           C. had either                  D. had neither

    28.You should take a message if someone ………… while I’m out.

    1. calls B. will call                      C. call                   D. calling

    29.We ….any problem up to now.

    1. do not have B. will not have            C. hadn’t           D. have not had

    30.The orator stopped…………He felt thirsty so he stopped………….some water.

    A.to talk /having                                         B. talking / to have

    1. talking /having                              D. to talk /to have

    IV.Choose the underlined part among A,B,C or D that need correcting.

    31.Because of the rise in unemployment, people still seem to be  spending more.

    A             B                                                                C           D

    32.Disease, pollute, and limited distribution are factors that threaten various

    A                                            B        C                 D

    plant and animal species.

    33.Unless you study hard,you will pass the next exam.

    A                       B                            C             D

    34.The  more you say, the worst the situation will be.

    A             B                   C              D

    35.What he told you seem to be of no importance.

    A                          B                 C          D

    V.Choose the sentence which has the closest meaning to the original one.

    36.No one in the team can play better than John.

    A.John plays well but the others play better.

    B.John as well as other players of the team plays very well.

    C.Everyone in the team,but John, plays very well.

    D.John is the best player of the team.

    37.I learn a lot but I can not remember anything.

    A.I learn more and more and remember more and more.

    B.The less I learn,the more I remember.

    C.The more I learn, the less I remember.

    D.I remember noy only what I have learnt.

    38.She is so fool that she can’t solve the problem.

    A.She is too fool not to solve the problem.

    B.She is too fool to solve the problem.

    C.She is very fool to solve the problem.

    D.She is very fool so that she can’t solve the problem.

    39.He earns much money so that his brother can continue taking English course.

    A.He earns much money in order for his brother to continue taking English course.

    B.He earns much money in order that he can continue taking English course.

    C.He earns much money in order to continue taking English course.

    D.He earns much money so as to continue taking English course.

    40.He only feels happy whenever he doesn’t have much work to do.

    A.The more he works, the happier he feels.

    B.The less he works,the happier he feels.

    C.His work makes him feel happy.

    D.He feels happier and happier with his work.

    1. Choose the word or phrase which best fits each gap of the passage.

    Doctors say that regular aerobic exercise leads to a healthier heart. Jogging, (41)………. , riding a bicycle, and other aerobic exercises lower  the risk of heart disease. In one kind of heart disease, fatty stuff called  plaque builds up in blood vessels (42)……….  to the heart. Aerobic exercise helps prevent this buildup. Aerobic exercise also (43)……….  the heart and lungs stronger.

    Doctors say you (44)……….  do 20 to 30 minutes of aerobic exercise at least three times a week. You need (45)……….  hard enough to get your heart beating faster than normal. You can feel your heart beating. You can use two fingers to feel a beat, or pulse, in your wrist or neck.

     

    41. A  walking B  walk C  walks D  walked
    42. A  which goes B  that going C  which to go D  going
    43. A  made B  makes C  making D  make
    44. A  would B  must C  should D  have to
    45. A  to exercise B  exercising C  exercise D  exercised

    VII.Read the passage and choose one correct answer for each question.

    PARENTS’ DREAMS

    Parents often have dreams for their children’s future. They hope their children will have a better life than they had. They dream that their children will do things that they couldn’t do. Parents who come to the U.S from foreign countries hope their children will have better education here. They think their children will have more career choices and more successful lives. They make many sacrifices so that their children will have more opportunities. They think their children will remain close to them because of this. Some children understand and appreciate these sacrifices and remain close to their parents. However, other children feel ashamed that their parents are so different from other Americans.

    1. Parents often dream of ………………………………..
    2. their children’s making a lot of money in the future.
    3. one day seeing their children become famous people.
    4. one day living on their children’s money.
    5. a bright future for their children.
    6. 4 Parents who come home from U.S from foreign countries hope that …..
    7. their children will have a lot of careers.
    8. their children become successful directors.
    9. their children will have more opportunities for good education.
    10. their children will make a lot of sacrifices.
    11. Parents think their children will remain close to them because………..
    12. they give their children a lot of money.
    13. of the sacrifices
    14. they know their children will be successful in the future.
    15. they are living in a foreign country.
    16. The word career in line 5 is closest in meaning to ……………………….
    17. education           B. travel               C. subject             D. profession
    18. The word close in line 7 is closest in meaning to ……………………….
    19. dear B. friendly            C. helpful             D. kind

    ———————————–THE END——————————————————

    ĐÁP ÁN

    CÂU Đ/ÁN CÂU Đ/ÁN CÂU Đ/ÁN CÂU Đ/ÁN CÂU Đ/ÁN
    1 D 11 C 21 C 31 A 41 A
    2 B 12 B 22 C 32 A 42 D
    3 D 13 D 23 B 33 A 43 B
    4 B 14 A 24 C 34 B 44 C
    5 A 15 C 25 C 35 B 45 A
    6 B 16 B 26 D 36 D 46 D
    7 D 17 D 27 A 37 C 47 C
    8 B 18 D 28 A 38 B 48 B
    9 A 19 A 29 D 39 A 49 D
    10 B 20 B 30 B 40 B 50 A

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 14                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    1.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    I’d like to invite him to………dinner next week, if that’s OK with you.

    1. a B. an                    C. the                             D. no article
    2. Chọn từ có phần gạch dưới được phát âm khác với các từ còn lại
    3. worked B. stopped C. threarened        D. watched

    3.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    The expansion of the factory will mean the………..of sixty extra workers.

    1. employ B. employment     C. employed                  D. unemployment
    2. Chọn từ có vị trí của trọng âm chính khác với các từ còn lại
    3. emision B. disposal           C. activity            D. element
    4. Chọn từ có vị trí của trọng âm chính khác với các từ còn lại
    5. result B. exhaust            C. eardrum           D. inject

    6.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    By September next year, I…………………….in this school for ten years.

    1. will be teaching B. will teach
    2. have taught D. will have been teaching
    3. 7. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    …………….high school, John attended a university in the city center.

    1. To finish B. Having finished
    2. To have finished D. Having been finished
    3. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    It ……………………a long time since I last saw you.

    1. has been B. had been          C. was                  D. would be
    2. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    When I was young, I………………get up early to do the gardening.

    1. used to B. got used to       C. was used to      D. am used to
    2. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    He had his car……………….this morninng.

    1. to repair B. repair               C. repairing          D. repaired
    2. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

     We invited twenty people, but only five……………

    1. turned in B. turned out        C. turned round    D. turned up

    12.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    The A-level course………………of three or four subjects either in Arts or Sciences.

    1. consists B. contains           C. includes           D. composes
    2. Chọn từ có phần gạch dưới được phát âm khác với các từ còn lại
    3. sure B. since                C. sand                 D. source
    4. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    Everyone hopes to pass the next final exam,…………

    1. doesn’t he B. hasn’t he                   C. haven’t they    D. don’t they

    15.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    Did you notice………….at the fair?

    1. anything special B. anything specially
    2. special something D. specially anything

    16.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    Peter is a ………….better swimmer than John.

    1. more B. farther              C. very                 D. much
    2. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    There are very large rooms with……………..in this house.

    1. beautiful decorated walls B. beautifully decorated walls
    2. beautiful walls decorating D. beautiful decorating walls

    18.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    I don’t imagine these fashions are ……….to disappear in the near future.

    1. likely B. like                   C. likelihood         D. alike

    19.Chọn câu có nghĩa gần với câu đã cho nhất

    “ Don’t touch that flower!” the old lady said to the boy.

    1. The old lady wanted the boy not to touch that flower.
    2. The old lady insisted the boy on touching that flower.
    3. The old lady warned the boy against touching that flower.
    4. The old lady congratulated the boy on not touching that flower.

    20.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    We’d better insure the house…………..fire.

    1. in case of B. as a result of    C. in addition to   D. because of

    21.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    The smartly-dressed gentleman…………has left for Hue.

    1. who you spoke to him B. you spoke to
    2. whom you spoke D. that you spoke to him

    22.Chọn câu có nghĩa gần với câu đã cho nhất

    Neither Bill nor Janet likes chocolate cakes.

    1. Bill doesn’t like chocolate cakes, and Janet doesn’t neither.
    2. Bill doesn’t like chocolate cakes, and either does Janet.
    3. Bill doesn’t like chocolate cakes, and neither likes Janet.
    4. Bill doesn’t like chocolate cakes, and neither does Janet.

    23.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    She felt ill. She went to work,……………, and tried to concentrate.

    1. although *B. however                   C. but                             D. even if

    24.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    If I……………you were sick, I would have come to visit you sooner.

    1. had known B. have known                                           C. would have known                             D. knew

    25.Chọn câu có nghĩa gần với câu đã cho nhất

    Despite his inexperience in the field, John applied for the job.

    1. John applied for the job because he had experience in the field.
    2. John didn’t apply for the job because of his inexperience in the field.
    3. John applied for the job even though he had no experience in the field.
    4. John was unable to do the job because he was inexperienced

    26.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    …………that the hope for cancer control may lie in the use of vaccine

    1. To believe B. It is believed    C. Believing                   D. They are believed

    27.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    I don’t understand what this means. Can you explain it………me?

    1. to B. for                    C. with                 D. at

    28.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    He told us to use a dictionary to look……….anythingwe didn’t understand.

    1. up B. for                    C. after                 D. at

    29.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    She isn’t……….well with the new manager.

    1. getting on B. going on           C. keeping on       D. taking on

    30.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    ……………the whole, I’m in favor of the idea.

    1. In B. Upon               C. By                    D. On
    2. Chọn từ có phần gạch dưới được phát âm khác với các từ còn lại
    3. read                 B. great                C. mean                D. team

    32.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    “We’d better go. We’ve been here for………..hour.” “That was…………fastest hour I’ve ever spent.”

    1. a/the B .an / the             C. no article / the  D. the / the
    2. 33. Chọn phần gạch dưới cần được sửa lại để cho câu trở nên đúng

    They asked us, Henry and I, whether we thought that the statistics had been presented

    A                          B                                                       C

    fairly and accurately.

    D

    1. 34. Chọn phần gạch dưới cần được sửa lại để cho câu trở nên đúng

    The unemployment rate of the area raised every year until 2003 and then started to fall.

    A                                                       B                         C                                           D

     

    1. 35. Chọn phần gạch dưới cần được sửa lại để cho câu trở nên đúng

    Oceans of the world exerts strong influences on the weather over the Earth’s surface.

    A                                   B                      C                    D

    1. 36. Chọn phần gạch dưới cần được sửa lại để cho câu trở nên đúng

    Since infection can cause both fever as well as pain, it is a good idea to check a

    A                              B                                                      C

    patient’s temparature

    D

    1. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành câu sau

    ‘Thank you very much !’

              “……………………….”

    1. Nothing B. Indeed              C. Of course                   D. Not at all
    2. Chọn phương ánthích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành câu sau

    “May I smoke?” “…………………”

    1. What suits you? B. You are free
    2. Accommodates yourself! D. Go ahead 
    3. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành câu sau

    “I’m taking my driving test tomorrow”       “…………………………..”

    1. Good luck! B. Best wishes!    C. Good luck!       D. Congratulation!
    2. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành câu sau

    “How do you do?”        “………………….’

    1. I’m fine, thank you. B. I’m a teacher
    2. How do you do ? D. I’m doing very well

     

    Đọc đoạn văn sau và chọn câu trả lời phù hợp với các câu hỏi

    Oxfam is a charitable organization that existed since the early 1940s. It was founded originally to help feed starving children in European countries during the Second World War. Oxfam has been working in almost every country all over the world.

    Oxfam funds relatively small-scale, relatively inexpensive but quite effective projects. Oxfam’s projects involve feeding starving children, providing education for disadvantaged children, giving care and comfort to the poor and the sick, rebuilding people’s own lives, carrying out irrigation work, planting trees, clearing roads, building schools and hospitals.

    Oxfam pays special attention to many poor countries in the Third World, that’s in Latin America, Asia, and Africa. Oxfam’s money comes entirely from voluntary contributions from the general public.

    1. 41. Oxfam was found originally to help feed starving children in European countries………….
    2. before the Second World War B. after the Second World War
    3. in the Second World War D. in the middle of the Second World War
    4. According to passage, Oxfam is a(n)………………………
    5. international voluntary organization B. international charitable organization
    6. national voluntary organization D. national charitable organization
    7. The projeccts Oxfam funds are……………
    8. cheap and less effective B. relatively cheap but very effective
    9. relatively dear but less effective D. dear but quite effective
    10. Oxfam’s projects involve all of the following EXCEPT………
    11. giving money to the needy
    12. feeding starving children
    13. providing educationfor disadvantaged children
    14. rebuilding people’s own lives
    15. The word starving in the passage is closest meaning to………..
    16. very hungry b. very exhausting         C. very tiring        D. very miserable

    Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A, B, C hoặc D)  để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau

     

    Brunei is one of the smallest countries in the world. Its population …..(46)….. only 25,000 and most of them live in Bandar Seri Begawan ( the capital city with the longest name in the world!) It ‘s also the richest country in….(47)…… Asia and maybe the richest country in the world because it has a lot of oil and natural gas which it….(48)…..to Japan. Every week huge tankers carry oil and gas from the oi-fields of Brunei to Japan.

    The head of the state in Brunei is Sultan Haji Hassanal Bolkiah. He is the richest man in the world. He has two wives and …….(49)…. lives in their own beautiful palace. The Sultan has more than 200 cars and he also has …….(50)…….. of horses.

    1. A. is B. has C.  are                  D have
    2. A. a B. an C.  the                            D.no article

    48.A. exports       B. buys                 C.  imports                    D. produces

    49.A.each             B. every                C. either               D. neither

    50.A.hundreds     B. hundred           C. a hundred        D. one hundred

     

     

     

    The end

     

    Answers:

    1. D 11.D 21.B                     31.B                     41.C
    2. C 12.A 22.D                     32.B                     42B
    3. D 13.A 23.B                     33.A                     43.B
    4. D 14.D 24.A                     34.B                     44.A
    5. C 15.A 25.C                     35.A                     45.A
    6. D 16.D 26.B                     36.B                     46.A
    7. B 17.B 27.A                     37.D                     47.D
    8. A 18.A 28.A                     38.D                     48.A
    9. A 19.C 29.B                     39.C                     49.A

    10.D                     20.A                     30.D                     40.C                     50.A

     

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 15                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    Chọn phương án  đúng A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau:

    1. How do you do? I am Peter. – ………… .
    2. I am eighteen. B. How do you do? I am John.               C. How are you?                                                         D. I am fine, thank you.
    3. This is the shortest way to the city center;…………………it is not the only way.
    4. but B. so   C. however              D.therefore
    5. Her idea about ………………special class for ……….. disabled at first met with opposition from their parents.
    6. a/a                     B. a/ these               C. a/ the                   D. the/ ü
    7. If he……………harder, I will pass the final exams.
    8. study B. studied                C. is studying          D. studies
    9. If we had gone by bike, we ……………….. carsick.
    10. get B. will not get         C. would not have got         D. would get
    11. The UK is divided ………………four parts: England, Scotland,Wales and Northern Ireland.
    12. among B. between              C. for                        D. into
    13. That is my friend………………comes from Japan.
    14. whom B. where                  C. which                   D. who
    15. The next meeting ……………….in May.
    16. will hold B. will be held    C. will be holding     D. will have held
    17. I think …………… likes the film . It’s so boring.
    18. everyone B. anyone                  C. someone                     D.no one
    19. You are old enough to take…………..for what you have done.
    20. responsible       B.responsibility         C. responsibly           D.irresponsible
    21. My father………….. 40 cigarettes a day but he gave up smoking for 2 years ago.

    A.used to smoke                                             B. is used to smoking

    1. smoked                                             D. gets used to smoke
    2. Nam ……………smoking two years ago.
    3. stops B. has stopped        C. stopped             D. is stopping
    4. It is raining outside, and Tom brought his umbrella with him ……….. he wouldn’t  get wet.
    5. in order to     B. so as to                 C. so that                D. in order
    6. They ……………. in our country since January, 1st 2002.
    7. are                    B. have been             C.  were                  D.  had been
    8. A new hospital ………………. in the area lately
    9. has been built B. have been built    C. has built              D. have built
    10. Some sand dunes may be over 200 meters ……………height.
    11. at                     B. on                       C. in                        D. from
    12. Both men and women are good………..building houses.
    13. on B. at                           C.of                            D.in
    14. You should…………more attention to what your teacher explains.
    15. make B. pay                        C.set                            D.get
    16. Lan: I work for a big company.

    →Lan said she…………for a big company.

    1. had work B.work                       C.worked                     D.is working
    2. Please stop……………….. . I’m trying to finish my homework.
    3. to talk B. talked                 C. talking                  D. talk
    4. I always feel ……………….. whenever I am away from home.
    5. lovesick B. homesick            C. carsick                  D. seasick
    6. What ………………… at ten o’clock this morning?
    7. were you doing B. you were doing C.  did you do            D. you did
    8. Nam sang very……………..at my birthday party last night.
    9. beautifully B.beautify               C. beauty                    D. beautiful
    10. I gave up the job, …………………..the attractive salary.
    11. because of      B. although              C. because                 D. despite
    12. Tom, “ How did you get there?” John: “………………”
    13. Is it far from here?    B. I came here last night.

    C.The train is so crowded.                   D. I came here by train.

     

    Chọn phương  án A, B, C hoặc D ứng với câu có nghĩa gần nhất.

    1. He started working as a teacher five years ago.
    2. He has been working as a teacher for five years.
    3. He has worked as a teacher since five years. C. He is working as a teacher since five years.                                                                  D. He had been working as a teacher for five years
    4. My neighbour couldn’t return home because he lost all of his money.
    5. My neighbour couldn’t return home because of lost all of his money.
    6. My neighbour couldn’t return home because losing all of his money.
    7. My neighbour couldn’t return home because of he lost all of his money.
    8. My neighbour couldn’t return home because of losing all of his money.

    Chọn phương án  A, B, C hoặc D ứng với từ/ cụm từ có gạch chân cần phải sửa trong các câu sau.

    1. When we arrived at the station, the train has already left.

    A                      B                    C                    D   

    1. They speak English well because they practise speak it every day

    A                B                   C    D

    1. I enjoy my life here. I have much friends and we meet quite often.

    A                   B                  C                                          D

    1. If I were you, I would have forgotten about buying a new car.

    A                            B                               C                  D

    1. Lan has lived in Ho Chi Minh City for 1999.

    A            B                       C    D

    Chọn phương  án A, B, C hoặc D ứng với câu đúng nhất được tạo ra từ các từ cho trước.

    1. What / you / use / Internet/ for?
    2. What do you use the Internet for?
    • What do you use Internet for?
    • What do you do the Internet for?
    1. What do you use the Internet
    2. We / go / zoo / if / it / be / nice / Sunday.
    3. We go to the zoo if it is nice on Sunday.
    • We will go to zoo if it is nice on Sunday.
    • We will go to the zoo if it is nice on Sunday.
    1. We will go to the zoo if it is nice
    2. She / ask her sister / lend / her / some / money.
    3. She asked her sister lend her some money.
    4. She asked her sister to lend her some money.
    • She asked her sister lending her some money.
    1. She asked her sister to lend to her some money.

    Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng A, B, C hoặc D cho mỗi câu sau:

    One of the most urgent environmental problems in the world today is the shortage of clean water. Having clean drinking water is a basic human right. But acid rain, industrial pollution and garbage have made many sources of water undrinkable. Lakes, reservoirs and even entire seas have become vast pools of poison. Lake Baikal in Russia is one of the largest lakes in the world. It contains a rich variety of animals and plants, including 1300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world. But they’re being destroyed by massive volumes of industrial effluent which pour into the lake every day. Even where law existed, the government didn’t have the power to enforce them. Most industries simply ignore the regulations. The Mediterranean Sea occupies 1% of the world’s water surface. But it’s the dumping ground for 50% of all marine pollution. Almost 16 countries regularly throw industrial wastes a few miles off shore.

    Water is free to everyone. A few years ago, people thought that the supply of clean water in the world was limitless. Today, many water supplies have been ruined be pollution and sewage. Clean water is now scarce, and we’re at last beginning to respect this precious source. We should do something now !

    1. According to the writer, one environmental problem in the world today is ………………
    2. acid rain          B. industrial pollution
    3. safe water shortage           D. population explosion
    4. Many sources of the water are not drinkable because of …………………..
    5. acid rain           B. industrial pollution
    6. garbage           D. all are correct
    7. What’s a serious problem of Lake Baikal in Russia ?
    8. It contains a rich variety of animals and plants.
    9. It’s polluted by massive volumes of industrial wastes discharged into it.
    10. It has 1300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world.
    11. The government didn’t have the power to enforce laws and regulations.
    12. How many countries throw industrial wastes into the Mediterranean Sea regularly?
    13. nearly 16           B. exactly 16        C. exactly 15                  D. less than 15
    14. What’s the message to the readers ?
    15. We should take action to protect our water resources.
    16. We should take all water resources into account.
    17. We should limit the use of water resources.
    18. We should encourage people to use safe water.

     

    Chọn phương án  A, B, C hoặc D ứng với từ/ cụm từ có gạch chân có cách phát âm khác với ba từ còn lại trong mỗi câu sau:

    1. A. career B. companion         C. pharmacist         D. human
    2. A. surprise B. promise              C. device                 D. realize
    3. A. books B. dogs                    C. cats                     D. maps

    Chọn phương án  A, B, C hoặc D ứng với từ có trọng âm chính nhấn vào âm tiết có vị trí khác với ba từ còn lại trong mỗi câu sau:

    1. A. sailor B. cancer                 C. surgeon               D. communicate
    2. A.satisfaction B. inheritance          C. operation            D. apprehension

    Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng A, B, C hoặc D cho mỗi ô trống.

     Nowadays people are more aware that wildlife all over the world is….. (46) ….. . danger. Many  species of animals are threatened, and could easily become extinct if we do not make an effort to  ….. (47) ….. them. They are many reasons for this. In some cases, animal are ….. (48) ….. for their fur or for other valuable parts of their bodies. Some birds such as parrots, are caught alike , and sold as pets. For many animals and birds, the problem is that their habitat- the place where they live-is disappearing. More land is used for farms, for houses or industry . Farmers use powerful chemicals to help  them to grow better ….. (49) ….. , but these chemicals pollute the environment and ….. (50) ….. wildlife.

    1. A. at B. in                        C. for                       D. on
    2. A. safe B. protect                C. harm                   D. serve
    3. A. protected B. extinct                C. called                  D. hunted
    4. A. crops B. fields                   C. products             D. herbs
    5. A. wrong B. spoil                   C. wound                D. harm

     

    ————–The End————–

     

     

     

    ĐÁP ÁN

     

    1-     B

    2-     C

    3-     C

    4-     D

    5-     C

    6-     D

    7-     D

    8-     B

    9-     D

    10-   B

     

    11-   A

    12-   C

    13-   C

    14-   B

    15-   A

    16-   C

    17-   B

    18-   B

    19-   C

    20-   C

     

    21-   B

    22-   A

    23-   A

    24-   D

    25-   D

    26-   A

    27-   D

    28-   D

    29-   C

    30-   C

     

    31-   B

    32-   D

    33-   A

    34-   C

    35-   B

    36-   C

    37-   D

    38-   B

    39-   A

    40-   A

     

    41-   C

    42-   B

    43-   B

    44-   D

    45-   B

    46-   B

    47-   B

    48-   D

    49-   A

    50-   D

     

     

     

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 16                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    QUESTIONS 1-3: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently.

    1. A. lively B. life C. like                            D. live
    2. A. slow B. show C. cow                  D. blow
    3. A. miles B. attends C. drifts                D. glows

    QUESTIONS 4-5: Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others.

    1. A. intimacy B. photographer C. philosophy                D. experience

    5.A. certificate               B. celebrity                    C. alternative                 D. argument

    QUESTIONS 6- 30: Choose one best option to complete each sentence.

    1. Wild animals are ……………almost everywhere.
    2. serious threatened B. serious threaten C. seriously threaten      D.seriously threatened
    3. In the past the …………of Olympic Games winner was just a palm branch or an olive crown.
    4. honor B. trophy C. effort                D. victory
    5. The firework went ………..and lightened the sky with colors.
    6. off B. out C. on                              D. away
    7. What time did you …………at your office yesterday?
    8. come B. arrive C. reach                D. leave
    9. He …………having stolen the watch from the shop.
    10. refused B. accept C. denied              D. disapproved
    11. …………..some events were cancelled, thousands of people attended the festival
    12. Even if B. Even though C. when                D. as
    13. She will help you …………..she has some freetime.
    14. how B. what C. when                D. where
    15. You can rely on my sister in any circumstances . She is really …………………
    16. praiseworthy B. dependent C. reliant              D. trustworthy
    17. I expect …………a postcard from my father in England today.
    18. to be receiving B. to receive C. being received D. receiving
    19. Maria ………off the light when the doorbell rang.
    20. had just turned B. just turned C. was just turning        D. would turn
    21. It was cold outside . So she …………her coat and went out .
    22. turned on B. put on C. switched on     D. put off
    23. By the time he ……..for Paris, the contract will have completed .
    24. has left B. will leave C. leaves               D. left.
    25. “ …………………….” “ Thanks , I will write to you when I come to London”
    26. have a go B. better luck next time ! C. God bless you !         D. Have a nice trip
    27. “ Good luck in exams!” “ ……………..!”
    28. I hope so B. you mention it C. Never mind      D. you too
    29. The letter …………grandma was kept carefully in a box.
    30. you wrote B. which you wrote to C. to whom wrote          D. which wrote
    31. What a pity you didn’t go to the party . If you ……….., it ………….more fun
    32. came / would be B. had come / would be
    33. came / would have been D. had come / would have been
    34. Bring your jacket with you . It ………..get cold in the evening.
    35. can B. may C. must                D. would
    36. …………….is Maria’s future husband like ? He is generous and elegant
    37. How B. Which appearance C. What                D. Whose
    38. Nobody is ready to go , ………………?
    39. are they B. isn’t he C. is he                 D. aren’t they
    40. I like Jim , who is very good at ……………judgments.
    41. doing B. giving C. getting              D. making
    42. Have a nice holiday. Take ………….of yourseflf.
    43. care B. carefulness C. careless            D. carefully
    44. “ Why don’t we go out for a walk?” “ ……………….”
    45. Why not B. yes , please C. Ok, let’s                    D. Never mind
    46. Do you think there is still racial ……….in the world nowadays?
    47. discriminate B. discriminating C. discrimination D. discriminative
    48. A very nice painting is hung …………the wall in our classroom.
    49. on B. at                               C. above               D. over
    50. At this time yesterday, what ………………., Mr. Wilkins?
    51. were you doing B. did you do C. had you done   D. had neeb doing

    QUESTIONS 31 – 35: Read the following passage carefully and then choose the best option to fit each space.

    Clothing habits are a matter of ………….( 31) preference in te United States. Most people are free to wear ……………( 32) they feel comfortable . Business people in large urban areas are ……….( 33) to wear suits or dresses, while clothing in rural areas is less formal. Most Americans tend to dress casually when not in formal or business situations .

    When eating, most Americans ……….(34) a fork in the hand with which they write. Americans eat away from home often , and usually they ………….( 35) for their own meals when dinning with friends.

    1. A. persons B. person C. personal                    D. personably
    2. A. whereever B. whichever C. whenever                   D. whatever
    3. A. unlikely B. likely C. alike                 D. like
    4. A. take B. bring C. carry                D. hold
    5. A. get B. order C. pay                            D. buy

    QUESTIONS 36-40: Read the following passage carefully and choose the correct answer by circling its corresponding letter A,B,C or D.

              At the age of 40 , Tom Bloch was the head of H& R Block, a huge company that helps people preare their tax forms. He was very successful . Although Bloch earned a lotof money, he wasn’t very happy . He spent to much time at work and didn’t have enough time to spend with his family. Suddenly, he left H& R Block and became a teacher in a poor neighbourhood. “ I wanted to ……..help people who didn’t have the opportunities I had,” Bloch explained.

    Learning to control te students was hard at first . But the wards- helping children and hearing students say he’s their favourite teacher – rae great. And Bloch is able to spend more time with his family.

    1. Tom Bloch’s company operated in …………….
    2. building blocks B. collecting taxes
    3. helping people with tax forms D. helping people in a poor neighborhood
    4. He wasn’t very happy because he ……………….
    5. diidn’t earn much money B. wasn’t very successful
    6. earned a lot of money but he didn’t have time to spend it
    7. spent a lotof time for work not for his family
    8. Tom Bloch suddenly left his company to ……………
    9. retire B. find another opportunity
    10. become a teacher D. the head of a school
    11. He would like to ………..students of the poor neighborhood to have the opportunities as he had.
    12. explain B. help C. talk                            D. wish
    13. Tom Bloch is very happy now because he ……………..
    14. is a successful businessman B. earns more money than before
    15. spends more money for his family D. is a favourite teacher and spends more time with his family

    QUESTIONS 41 – 45: Choose one option A, B, C or D corresponding to the sentence which has the same meaning as the original one.

    1. People believe that there is an other world after Death .
    2. That there is an other world after Death is believed by people
    3. It was believed that there is an other world after Death
    4. It is believed that there is an other world after Death
    5. There is believed to have an other world after Death
    6. “ How much did you drink at the party last night” they asked him
    7. They asked hm how much did he drink at the party last night
    8. They asked him how much I drank at the party the night before.
    9. They asked him how much I had drunk at the party the night before.
    10. They asked him how much he had drunk at the party the night before.
    11. I am always busy but I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday.
    12. Although I am always busy but I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday.
    13. Although I am always busy I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday
    14. However I am always busy I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday
    15. I am always busy , therefore I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday
    16. He tries to practise English everyday so he can speak English more fluently now.
    17. The more he practises English , the more he can speak English .
    18. The more he practises English , the more fluently he can speak it .
    19. The more he tries to practise English , the most fluently he can speak it .
    20. He tries to practise English everyday , but he find it difficult to speak English fluently.
    21. I am very excited about seeing you next week.
    22. I am looking forward to seeing you next week.
    23. I am happy about seeing you next week.
    24. I am waiting to seeing you next week with excitement .
    25. You are excited about seeing next week.

    QUESTIONS 46 – 50: In these sentences, each one has four underlined words or phrases marked A, B, C, and D. Choose the one word or phrase which must be changed in order for the sentence to be correct. 

    1. Peter couldn’t stay on the horse’s back and neither Bob could .

    A               B           C                               D

    1. I feel safely to tell him my secrets .

    A  B      C                 D

    1. No matter what different , various music types have one thing in common : touching the hearts of the listeners. A B                                                         C                 D
    2. The more careful you drive , the fewer accidents you will have .

    A                                      B            C                      D

    1. Having punished twice this week , Kate feels ashamed of her bad behaviour.

    A                               B                                      C                             D

    The end

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 17                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others in each line .

    1. A. established B. worked C. stretched             D. invented
    2. A. helps B. provides C. documents          D. laughs
    3. A. match B. chair C. character             D. church

     

    Choose the word that has stress pattern different from that of the other words.

    1. A. colony B. rhinoceros C. wildlife                D.leopard
    2. A. competition B. discovery C. domestic             D. reserve

     

    Choose the best answer to complete each sentence.

    6.Since I came here, I…………a lot of acquaintances

    1. have had B.had                      C. have                    D.am having
    2. “Thank you very much for a lovely party”. –“………………….”
    3. Have a good day B. You are welcome   C. Thanks   D. Cheers
    4. We are going to ….. .
    5. have our house to be decorated B. have our house be decorated
    6. get our house being redecorated D. have our house redecorated

    9.Mary always takes great care………….her children.

    A.for                       B.of                         C.to                         D.with

    1. He finds it ….. to read detective books.
    2. fascinates B. fascinated           C. fascinate             D. fascinating
    3. By far, the most important Vietnamese ….. is Tet ( The Lunar New Year ).
    4. vacation B. holiday               C. ceremony            D. anniversary
    5. “That’s a very nice dress you’re wearing”. – “….. .”
    6. That’s nice B. I’m glad you like it C. That’s all right    D. I like it
    7. Jack, ….. I played tennis yesterday, was much fitter than me.
    8. who B. whom                 C. with whom         D. with who 14.Children receive its early………….. at home so parents should buy some    ……….. magazines to put them in the bookcase.

    A.educational/ educate                           B. educational/ education

    1. education/ educational D. education/ educated

    15.If I had enough money, I……………..a good dictionary.

    A.will buy              B.will have bought  C.would buy           D. would have bought

    1. “How long are you going to stay?”. Susan asked George ………………………..
    2. how long was he going to stay. B.  that how long he has gone to stay.    C.  how long you were going to stay.                          D.  how long he was going to stay.
    3. The ….. he was, the more cigarettes he smoked.
    4. worried B. more worried      C. less worried        D. most worried
    1. He performed very well in the interview;………….., he didn’t get the job.
    2. since b. but                      C. therefore             D.however
    3. You will spend at least one year working abroad ….. you can find out how things operate overseas.
    4. as long as B. because               C. so as to               D. so that
    5. Will you…………me to post this letter tomorrow.
    6. remember B. suggest               C. remind                D. mind
    7. “What are you going to do this weekend?” – ….. .
    8. It’s a good idea B. We plan to visit my grandparents
    9. I’m very tired D. I don’t like going out
    10. Many goods…………….in China are now not very saleable in Viet Nam.
    11. manufacturing B.manufacture        C. to manufacture   D. manufactured
    12. Mark wasn’t there last night.- ……………………….
    13. I wasn’t either B.So was I              C. I wasn’t too        D.Neither I was
    14. Let’s go to the cinema,……………..
    15. will we B. should we           C. would we            D. shall we
    16. “What kind of work would you like?”-…………………….
    17. Is there a good chance of promotion?                              B. I’m good at computing
    18. Any time after next week D. Anything to do with computers
    19. We should ….. every chance we have to speak English.
    20. make use of B. make a use of     C. make uses of       D. make the use of
    21. At this moment, the team ….. the game among themselves.
    22. has been discussing B. have discussing C. are discussing D. is discussing
    23. The government ______ the earthquake victims with food, clothes and medicine.
    24. gave B. provided             C. offered                D. carried
    25. Do you think a close friend should share joy and sadness ….. you?
    26. with B. on                       C. at                        D. between

    30………………………..,he wouldn’t have missed the train

    1. If he listened to me B. Unless he listened to me

    C.If he had listened to me                      D.If he didn’t listen

     

    Read the passage and choose the best answer for each blank.

    BOOKS

    Nearly all the discoveries that have been made through the ages can (31)…….in books. The invention of the book is one of humankind’s(32)………achievements, the importance of which can not be overestimated.Books are very adaptable, providing us with both entertainment and information. The production of books began in Ancient(33)……….,though not in the form that is accessible to us today. The books read by the Romans, however, have some similarities to the ones we read now. Until the middle of the 15th century, in Europe, all books were written by hand. They were ofen(34) …………illustrated and always rare and expensive. With printing came the possibility of cheap, large-scale publication and distribution of books making (35)……….more widespread and recognizable.

    31.A.find                       B.founded            C. be found          D. found

    32.A. greatest                B.greater              C. great                D.greatly

    33.A.China                    B. Egypt               C. England           D.America

    34.A.beauty                             B. beautify           C.beautiful           D. beautifully

    35.A.knowledge             B. know               C. known             D.knowledgeable

     

    Choose the correct sentence which has the same meaning as the given one.

    1. People believe that 13 is an unlucky number.
    2. It was believed that 13 is an unlucky number.
    3. That 13 is an unlucky number is believed.
    4. 13 is believed an unlucky number.
    5. It is believed that 13 is an unlucky number.
    6. The last time I played football was in 1991

    A.I haven’t played football in 1991      B. I haven’t played football since 1991

    C.I didn’t play football in 1991             D.I last played football since 1991

    38.Shall we go for a walk?

    1. What about go for a walk? B. What about going for  walk?
    2. What about going a walk?                D. What about going for a walk?

    39.He drives more carelessly than he used to.

    1. He doesn’t drive as carefully as he used to.
    2. He doesn’t drive carefully than he used to.
    3. He doesn’t drive as carefully than he used to.
    4. He doesn’t drive as carefully as he does.

    40.We didn’t recognize him until he came into the light.

    A.It was not until we recognized him that he came into the light.

    B.It was not until  he came into the light  that we recognized him.

    C.It was not until we didn’t recognize him that he came into the light.

    A.It was not until he came into the light that we didn’t recognize him  .

     

    Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting.

    41.The room is such dirty that it needs cleaning immediately.

    A                         B         C                D

    42.My father, that has a special craze for cars, has just bought another sports car.

    A                            B                           C                              D

    1. A lot of articles about the environment have written by my classmates.

    A                B                C                       D

    1. Unless you don’t give up eating so much meat, you will continue to put on weight.

    A               B                                     C                       D

    44.You have to study hard to keep pace in your classmates

                        A                 B                  C                      D

     

    Read the following passage and choose  the best answer for each question.

    The problem of the use of our natural resources may be divided into four parts. These deal with trees, soil, water and minerals. In a sense, the first three are closely related, for water is a great destroyer of soil, and trees are its great protectors. Trees need both soil and water to grow. And water, to be of any real use, needs to be kept by soil and trees. Minerals are apart. They exist where they are because of the changing physical nature of the earth. Man has no control over the creation of the minerals, and once a particular supply has been used up, it is gone forever.

    Conservation programmes have been instituted by most governments to prevent these four essentials from reckless waste and to start the long process of repairing earlier damage to forests, soil and water supply.

    1. The problem of the use of our natural resources may be divided into ….. .
    2. two parts B. three parts C. four parts                            D. five parts
    3. The relations between trees, soil and water ….. .
    4. Water is a great destroyer of soil and trees are its great protectors
    5. Trees need both soil and water to grow, and water needs to be kept by soil and trees
    6. A & B are incorrect
    7. A & B are correct
    8. Minerals exist where they are ….. .
    9. because of the changing physical nature of the earth
    10. because they are also need to be kept by soil
    11. because they are great protectors
    12. All are correct
    13. When minerals are used up, ….. .
    14. they can be restored B. they are gone forever
    15. they can be found soon D. they can be supplied again
    16. To prevent these four essentials from reckless waste, ….. .
    17. man has to have control over the creation of the minerals
    18. most governments have instituted conservation programmes
    19. man mustn’t cut trees
    20. man mustn’t destroy minerals

    The end

    Hướng dẫn chấm

    Số câu trắc nghiệm: 50 câu

    Mỗi câu: 0,25 điểm

     

    1.    D 2.    D 3.    C 4.    B 5.    A
    6.    A 7.    B 8.    D 9.    B 10.          D
    11.          B 12.          B 13.          C 14.          C 15.          C
    16.          D 17.          B 18.          D 19.          D 20.          C
    21.          B 22.          D 23.          A 24.          D 25.          D
    26.          A 27.          C 28.          B 29.          A 30.          C
    31.          C 32.          A 33.          B 34.          D 35.          A
    36.          D 37.          B 38.          D 39.          A 40.          B
    41.          A 42.          A 43.          D 44.          A 45.          C
    46.          C 47.          D 48.          A 49.          B 50.          B

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 18                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

     

    Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.

    1. wondered B. cleaned             C. replied             D. laughed
    2. scheme B. school              C. charity             D. chorus
    3. another B. together           C. tomorrow                  D. petrol

    Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others.

    1. opponent B. penalize           C. habitat              D. synchronized
    2. category B. secondary        C. solidarity                   D. subsidy

    Choose the best option to complete each of the following sentences.

    1. Science still ___________ a cure for cancer.
    2. doesn’t find B. hasn’t found C. haven’t found  D. aren’t finding
    3. While he ___________ a route to the Indies, Columbus discovered America.
    4. searched B. was discovering
    5. had searched for D. was searching for
    6. Einstein, ___________ changed our way of seeing the universe, did not learn to read until he was ten.
    7. which theories B. whose theories C. that his theories D. who theories
    8. It was a kind of accident for ___________ nobody was really to blame.
    9. whom B. that C. which               D. who
    10. Jane: “I passed the driving test yesterday” Helen: “__________”
    11. What a pity! B. Congratulations! C. I am sorry D. You’re welcome
    12. The windows ___________ yesterday.
    13. were cleaned B. was cleaned C. cleaned             D. had cleaned
    14. ___________ a city map, we wouldn’t have got lost.
    15. If we brought B. Had we brought
    16. If we hadn’t brought D. Hadn’t we brought
    17. ___________ we had planned everything carefully, a lot of things went wrong.
    18. Although B. Despite C. Because           D. Because of
    19. Liming wanted___________ to the meeting 30 minutes early yesterday.
    20. we go B. us going
    21. us go D. us to go
    22. “I am sorry I didn’t phone you earlier,” Tom said to Lan. →Tom ___________ her earlier.
    23. apologized to Lan for phoning B. thanked to Lan for not phoning
    24. apologized to Lan for not phoning D. thanked Lan for phoning
    25. Advertisers often say that their products are the best. The real quality, ___________, is not as good as it is advertised.
    26. however B. but C. so                     D. therefore
    27. Nam: “What is your hobby, Thanh?” Thanh: “__________”
    28. What a pity! B. I like collecting stamps.
    29. No, I don’t D. Thank you
    30. You ___________ wash those potatoes. They’ve already been washed.
    31. must B. mustn’t C. should              D. needn’t
    32. ___________ is the total value of goods and services produced by a country in one year.
    33. DGP B. PGD C. GDP                D. GPD
    34. You’re always asking me ___________ money. Ask somebody else for a change.
    35. for B. with C. on                    D. at
    36. I’ve been ___________ to the party but unfortunately I can’t go.
    37. listened B. invited C. explained                   D. written
    38. The more electricity you use, ___________ your bill will be.
    39. the highest B. the more high C. higher              D. the higher
    40. This photograph was taken in Scotland, __________ ?
    41. was he B. wasn’t he C. wasn’t it          D. was it
    42. George doesn’t smoke and he doesn’t drink. → George ___________
    43. both smokes and drinks B. either smokes or drinks
    44. neither smokes and drinks D. neither smokes nor drinks
    45. Peter: “Your English is better than many Americans, Hanh. I really enjoy your public speaking” Hanh: “__________”
    46. You must be kidding! B. Congratulations!
    47. I am sorry to hear that D.Thanks, Peter.
    48. __________ is the natural environment in which a plant or animal lives.
    49. Extinction B. Habitat C. Biodiversity     D. Conservation
    50. The  __________ curriculum is usually set by the government.
    51. national B. nation C. nationally        D. nationality
    52. Is that __________ present Bill gave you for __________ Christmas?
    53. a/the B. the/the C. the/Φ                D. the/a
    54. Mary: “Your new hairstyle is quite attractive!” Sheila: “__________. I think it makes me look 10 years older.”
    55. Yes, I am proud of myself B. Say it again. I like to hear your words
    56. Thank you very much D. You’ve got to be kidding
    57. Colin: “ May I speak to Mr. Black, please?” Helen: “__________”
    58. Hold on, please! B. Goodbye
    59. I think so D. I’d like too

    Choose the one word or phrase that must be changed in order for the sentence to be correct.

    31.The vacation to Europe will plan carefully before the scheduled departure date.

    1. departure date. B. will plan C.  carefully                   D. to
    2. When he receives the money from the insurance company two days ago, he had already rebuilt the house.
    3. from B. had already rebuilt
    4. insurance company D. receives
    5. I told John that he had to study his lesson carefully even if he wants to pass the examination.
    6. wants B. study C. told                  D. even if
    7. The Americans are much more concerned than the Indians and the Chinese with physical attractive when choosing a wife or a husband.
    8. choosing B. are C. with                 D. attractive
    9. Those novels, which were written by a well-known writer, are worth to read.
    10. to read B. by C. those                D. well-known

    Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the original one.

    1. I started working here in 1998.
    2. I have started working here in 1998. B. I started working here in 1998.
    3. I haven’t started working here since 1998.D. I have worked here since 1998.
    4. John said,” I don’t have much time to enjoy myself.”
    5. John said that he doesn’t have much time to enjoy himself.
    6. John told that he didn’t have much time to enjoy himself.
    7. John said that he didn’t have much time to enjoy himself.
    8. John said that he didn’t have much time to enjoy myself.
    9. Vietnam exports a lot of rice. It’s grown mainly in the south of the country.
    10. Vietnam exports a lot of rice which is growing mainly in the south of the country.
    11. Vietnam exports a lot of rice grown mainly in the south of the country.
    12. Vietnam exports a lot of rice which grows mainly in the south of the country.
    13. Vietnam exports a lot of rice growing mainly in the south of the country

     Choose the correct option from the cues below to make sentences.

    1. Our plan/ might/ cancel/ due/ lack of funds.
    2. Our plan might be canceled due to lack of funds.
    3. Our plan might canceled due to lack of funds.
    4. Our plan might cancel due to lack of funds.
    5. Our plan might be cancel due to lack of funds.
    6. Ho Chi Minh City/ exciting/ much more/ I thought.
    7. Ho Chi Minh City is as much more exciting as I thought.
    8. Ho Chi Minh City is much more exciting as I thought.
    9. Ho Chi Minh City is much more exciting than I thought.
    10. Ho Chi Minh City is as much more exciting than I thought.

    Read the passage carefully and then choose the best answers:

    Women in Britain are  better off today than they used to be. At the beginning of the 19th century, women seem to have almost no rights at all. They could not vote, or even sign a contract. Their marriages were arranged by their parents. They were once kept at home and if they were allowed to work, they were never given responsible jobs. It is strange to think that, as far as we know, most women were happy with that situation.

    Today the position is quite different. Women now can vote and choose their own husbands. In 1970, a law was passed to give them an equal share of property in the case of divorce, and in the same year the Equal Pay Act gave them the right to get equal payment with men for work of equal value.

    Despite these changes, there is no doubt that there are still great differences in status between men and women. Many employers seem to ignore the Equal Pay Act. It is also more difficult for a woman to get promotion than a man does.

    There is sex distinction in England although it has not been so serious as it was. More and more women go out to work, earn more money, get high positions in the society, and live independently. However , there are two great problems to solve. The first problem is men’s attitude. They always think that women are lower in rank and are the weaker sex. We do not know exactly how long it will take them to change their mind. And the other problem which is much more difficult is women’s attitude. They should be ready to struggle to change their fate.

    1. At the beginning of the 19th century ,___________.
    2. British women were better off than today.
    3. Women seemed to have almost no rights at all.
    4. British women had the right to vote.
    5. British women had the right to choose their husbands.
    6. The Equal Pay Act was passed in ___________.
    7. 1960 B. 1962 C. 1970                D. 1971
    8. Which of these following sentences is NOT TRUE?
    9. All the employers in Britain obey the Equal Pay Act.
    10. In 1970, a law was passed to give British women the right to share property equally in the case of divorce.
    11. The Equal Pay Act gave British women the right to get equal payment with men for work of equal value.
    12. Women cannot get promotion as equal as men.
    13. What is men’s attitude?
    14. They consider women to be equal to them.
    15. They always look up women.
    16. They consider women the stronger sex.
    17. They consider women the weaker sex.
    18. What should women do to eliminate sex distinction?
    19. They should suffer with pleasure.
    20. They should struggle to change their fate.
    21. They should earn more money.
    22. All are correct

    Fill in each numbered blank with ONE suitable word:

    Nonverbal communication, or “body language”, is communication by facial expressions, head or eyes movements, hand signals, and body postures. It can be just as important to understand——-(46)—- words are. Misunderstandings- often amusing—–(47)——– sometimes serious- can arise between people from different cultures if they misinterpret nonverbal signals. For example, take the differences in meaning of a gesture—-(48)——- is very common in the United States: a circle made with the thumb and index finger. To an American, it means that everything—–(49)—– OK. To Japanese, it means that you are talking —(50)——- money. In France, it means that something is worthless. Meanwhile in Greece, it is an obscene gesture. Therefore, an American could unknowingly offend a Greek by using that particular hand signal.

    1. A. as B. than                 C. more                D. less
    2. A. although B. but                             C. unless              D. in order to
    3. A. who B. where               C. why                 D. that
    4. A. is B. are                             C. were                 D. was
    5. A. around B. about               C. among              D. ahead

    ______________________

    ĐÁP ÁN:

    1. D 2. C 3. A   4. A   5.C    6. B   7. D   8. B   9. C   10. B

    11.A  12.B  13.A  14.D  15.C  16.A  17.B  18.D  19.C  10.A

    1. B 22.D 23.C 24.D  25.D  26.B  27.A  28.C  29.D  30.A

    31.B  32.D  33.A  34.D  35.A  36.D  37.C  38. B 39.A  40.C

    41.B  42.C  43.A  44.D  45.B  46.A  47.B  48.D  49.A  50.B

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 19                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

     

    1. Find the word that has its underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

     

    1. A. jumped B. traveled C. seemed             D. stared
    2. A. determine B. combine                    C. sunshine                    D. underline
    3. A. threaten B. pleasure C. heat                  D. head

     

    1. Find the word that has different stress from the other three in each question.

     

    1. A. annual B. announce                   C. formal              D. sculpture
    2. A. industry B. understand C. engineer           D. competition

    III. Read the following passage and then choose the best answer to the questions:

     

    People in cities all over the world shop in supermarkets. Who decides what you buy in the supermarket? Do you decide? Does the supermarket decide? When you enter the supermarket, you see shelves full of food. You walk in the aisles between the shelves. You push a shopping cart and put your food in it. You probably hear soft, slow music as you walk along the aisles. If you hear fast music, you walk quickly. The supermarket plays slow music. You walk slowly and have more time to buy things. Maybe you go to the meat department first. There is some meat on sale, and you want to find it. The manager of the supermarket knows where customers enter the meat department, away from where the customers enter. You have to walk by all the expensive meat before you find the cheaper meat. Maybe you will buy some of the expensive meat instead of meat on sale. Most of the food in supermarkets is very attractive. It all says “Buy me!” to the customers. The supermarket tells you what to buy.

    1. The author asks if you decide _____ in supermarkets.
    2. how to buy B. what to buy C. the things sold D. when things are sold
    3. In the supermarket, there _______.
    4. is a shopping cart B. places with food
    5. are full shopping carts D. are shelves with food
    6. What separates shelves in supermarkets?
    7. the space near the entrance B. the space between shelves
    8. the space at one side of the supermarket D. the space between the upper and lower shelves
    9. According to the passage, music can ______ customers.
    10. motivate B. have an effect on C. tell the mood of         D. make customers happy
    11. Which of the following is NOT true about supermarkets?
    12. They play soft and slow music B. They put cheaper meat near the entrance
    13. They want their customers to buy expensive meat
    14. Customers do not have to listen to fast music
    1. Choose the one word or phrase that must be changed in order for the sentence to be correct
    1. Having achieved highest score, our team was rewarded the first prize.

    A                       B                                      C                D

    1. She is looking forward   to  go to France to visit her relatives there.

    A             B             C                                     D

    1. The equipment in the office was badly in need of to be repaired.

    A                                B        C                            D

    1. The purpose of volunteer work is to help poor people how improving their life.

    A                           B      C                                       D

    1. We were advised not drinking   the water   in   the bottle.

    A                      B               C        D

    1. V. Choose the best answer A, B,C,D:

    16). John reminded me _____ his motorbike by 8 o’clock.

    A). please return     B). not forget to return     C). remember to return        D). to return

    17). You won’t pass the examination ____ you study more.

    A). unless                B). as long as          C). if                        D). whether

    18). _____ for a job for a long time before you got it?

    A). Were you looking                             B). Have you looked

    C). Have you been looking                     D). Had you looked

    19). I’d love _____ to the party tomorrow, but it may be impossible.

    A). to going             B). go                      C). going                 D). to go

    20). He was often made ____ milk by his mother.

    A). drink                 B). drinks                C). to drink             D). drunk

    21). My bicycle ____ last night.

    A). was stolen         B). stolen                C). was stealing       D). stole

    22). I don’t like him. ____, I agree that he’s a good manager.

    A). But                    B). However            C). So                      D). Therefore

    23). He couldn’t give up smoking.

    A). start                   B). give away          C). stop                   D). begin

    24). We strongly recommend _______ your luggage when you travel.

    A). to insure            B). you insuring      C). your insurance   D). you to insure

    25). She was the first in her family ____ a college education.

    A). get                     B). getting               C). to get                 D). gotten

    26). ____ in 1636, Harvard is one of the most famous universities in the United States.

    A). Founding           B). Founded            C). Being founded   D). It was founded

    27). Jane appears ____ some weight. Has she been ill?.

    A). having lost        B). having been lost                                C). to have lost       D). to have been lost

    28). More and more people are taking part in the struggle ______illiteracy.

    A). for                     B). against               C). with                   D). about

    29). This is the man _____ helped me with my English.

    A). who                   B).  whom               C). which                 D).  whose

    30). He is keen _____ water sports.

    A).  at                      B). on                      C). in                       D). of

    31). Although she liked the dress very much, she decided ______ it

    A). to buy                B). bought               C). not to buy          D). didn’t buy

    32). At first I found it difficult ____ on the left hand side of the road.

    A). to get used to drive                           B). to get used to driving

    C). being used to drive                            D). in getting used to driving

    33). The factory is said ______ in a fire two years ago.

    A). being destroyed B). to have been destroyed C). to have destroyed         D). to destroy

    34 ). He had a portrait _____ as a birthday present for his daughter.

    A). painting             B). paint                  C). to be painted     D). painted

    35). By the end of this year my father _____ in the company for 10 years.

    A). will work           B). will have been working C). has been working         D). has worked

    36). This is the most interesting film _____ I’ve ever seen.

    A). who                   B). whom                C). which                 D).  that

    37). The road ______ to my school is very smooth.

    A). leads                  B). leading               C). to lead               D). lead

    38). Would you mind if I_____ your bike a moment?

    A). use                     B). used                   C). using                  D). uses

    39). She was worried about _____.

    A). being robbed     B). robbing              C). being rob           D). be robbing

    40). Some parents didn’t approve ____ a lot of television.

    A). in their children watching                 B). of their children watching

    C). on their children watching                 D). at their children watching

    1. Choose the best sentence that has the same meaning as the original one.

     

    41). “Don’t forget to feed the chicken twice a day,” he said.

    A). He said don’t forget to feed the chicken twice a day

    B). He told not to forget to feed the chicken twice a day

    C). He reminded me to feed the chicken twice a day

    D). He suggested me to feed the chicken twice a day

    42). He is not old enough to do the volunteer work.

    A). He is very young that he can’t do the volunteer work

    B). He is too young to do the volunteer work

    C). He can’t do the volunteer work because of his old age

    D). His young prevents him from doing the volunteer work

    VII. Choose the correct option by circling the corresponding letter A, B, C or D.

     

    43). He/ be/ accuse /cheated/ his final exam / last week.

    A). He was accused for having cheated in his final exam last week

    B). He was accused of having cheat in his final exam last week

    C). He was accused of having cheated in his final exam last week

    D). He was accused for having cheated in his final exam last week

    44). Last /she/ admitted /told /him / the secret.

    A). Last, she admitted having told him the secret

    B). At last, she admitted having told the secret by him

    C). At last, she admitted him having told him the secret

    D). At last, she admitted having told him the secret

    45). when/ all / the/ preparations /be / completed, / she / feel /happy.

    A). When all the preparations have been completed, she feels happy

    B). When the preparations have all been completed, she feels happy

    C). When all preparations have been completed, she feels the happy

    D). When all the preparations have been completed, she feel happy

    VIII. Read the following passage carefully and then choose the best option to fit each space.

     

    The most famous diary in English was written by Samuel Pepys. It gives a detailed and interesting (46)____ of everyday life in England between 1660 and 1669. Pepys wrote about important news stories of the time, like diseases, an enemy navy (47) ______ up the river Thames, and the Great Fire of London.

    He also wrote about himself, even about his faults – he often slept during church or (48) _____ at the pretty girls. He described his home life- a quarrel with his wife and how they became friends again, his worry about her illness. Pepys liked not only books, but also music, the theater, card (49) ______, and parties with good food and plenty of fun. Pepys was a busy man who had many important jobs. He was Member of Parliament and president of the Royal Society. He is also (50) _____ for his work for the British Navy.

    1. A. description B. letter                C. notice               D. report
    2. A. driving B. flying C. running            D. sailing
    3. A. looked B. prayed C. talked               D. said
    4. A. battles B. games C. matches           D. plays
    5. A. received B. remembered     C. reminded                   D. reported

    Đáp án :

    1A,2A,3C,4B,5A,6B,7D,8B,9C,10B,11B,12C,13D,14D,15B,16D,17A,18D,19D,20C.

    21A,22B,23C,24D,25C,26B,27C,28B,29A,30B,31C,32B,33B,34D,35B,36D,37B,38B,39A,

    40B.41C,42B,43C,44D,45A,46A,47D,48A,49B,50B.

     

     

     

     

     

     

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 20                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

                                                       Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the rest.

    Question 1: A. filled                B. missed             C. talked               D. watched

    Question 2: A. chair                B. cheap               C. chemist            D. child

    Question 3: A. easy                 B. head                 C. heavy               D. weather

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word which  is stressed differently from that of the rest.

    Question 4: A. popular           B. dangerous        C. volunteer                   D. applicant

    Question 5: A. discuss             B. attract              C. suppose           D. visit

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

    Question 6: When I came to the party, Sally and Tom _________ .

    1. were dancing B. are dancing C. have danced     D. have been dancing

    Question7: He was _________the job.

    1. experienced enough to do B. enough experienced to do
    2. experienced enough doing D. experienced to do enough

    Question 8: It is such an important matter_________I can’t decide anything about it myself.

    1. so B. because C. that                  D. if

    Question 9: By the time you receive her letter, she __________the country.

    1. is going to leave B. is leaving C. will leave                   D. will have left

    Question 10: _________should try to make good impression on interviewers

    1. Apply B. Applicants C. Applying                   D. Applied

    Question 11: How nice to see you. – _________

    1. It’s so kind of you. B. So do I.
    2. Nice to see you, too D. Thanks.

    Question12: With so much __________, I’m lucky  to be in work.

    1. employees B. employers C. employment              D. unemployment

    Question 13: The 22nd SEA Game were well prepared and successfully__________although it was the first time Vietnam hosted.

    1. organization B. organize C. organized                   D. organizational

    Question 14: The children have to __________to school after their summer holiday.

    1. go along B. go away C. go back            D. go by

    Question 15: I cut myself_________I was shaving.

    1. while B. until C. during              D. by the time

    Question16: Are you _________in soccer?

    1. interesting B. interested C. interests           D. interest

    Question 17: I’m learning English_________I want to get a better job.

    1. or B. therefore C. because            D. but

    Question18: In the past the earth was__________to be flat.

    1. created B. believed C. evolved            D. built

    Question 19: What’s the name of the man_________car you borrowed?

    1. who B. which C. that                  D. whose

    Question 20: My brother _________for a job since he graduated from college.

    1. is looking B. looked C. was looking     D. has been looking

    Question 21: I’m not going out yet. I’m waiting__________the rain to stop.

    1. for B. at C. on                    D. with

    Question 22: Our company wants to take in those who are__________for the job.

    1. available B. useful C. qualified           D. good

    Question 23: It was raining,__________we cancelled the trip to the beach.

    1. although B. because            C. so           D. but

    Question 24: Would you like to go out with me tonight? – Yes, ________. Where shall we meet?

    1. Of course B. I’d love to C. I like too          D. So do I

    Question 25: The conical leaf hat is one of the typical features of the Vietnamese__________.

    1. education B. culture             C. society             D. language

    Question 26: You speak excellent English. – _________

    1. But my English is poor. B. That’s none of your business.
    2. You don’t understand me. D. Thank you, but I’m just learning.

    Question 27: Some species of rare animals are in _________of extinction.

    1. danger B. dangerous C. dangerously               D. endanger

    Question 28: Shall we start now? – _________

    1. Yes, we are. B. Yes, let’s. C. Yes, please.     D. No, we don’t.

    Question 29: Some high school students often take _________in helping the disadvantaged or handicapped children.

    1. care B. part                  C. note                 D. pity

    Question 30: Would you mind closing the window for me? – _________. I’ll do it right now.

    1. Certainly B. Not at all C. Of course                   D. Yes, sure

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word for  each of the blanks from 31 to 35 .

    The reality of an interview is never as bad as your fears. For some reason people imagine the interviewer is going to jump on every tiny mistake they (31)__________ . In truth, the interviewer is as keen for the meeting to go well as you are. It is what makes his or her job (32)_________

    The secret of a good interview is preparing for it. What you wear is always important as it creates the first impression. So (33)___________neatly, but comfortably. Make sure that you can deal with anything you are (34) _______________ . Prepare for questions that are certain to come up, for example: Why do you want to become a nurse? What is the most important (35) _______________ a good nurse should have? Apart from nursing, what other careers have you considered? What are your interests and hobbies?

    Question 31:         A. perform          B. do                     C. make                D. have

    Question 32: A. enjoyable       B. enjoyably                  C. enjoyment        D. enjoyed

    Question 33: A. wear              B. dress                C. put on              D. have on

    Question 34: A. suggested       B. questioned       C. inquired           D. asked

    Question 35: A. quality           B. behavior          C. nature              D. point

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 36 to 40.

    “Where is the university?” is a question many visitors to Cambridge ask, but no one can give them a clear answer, for there is no wall to be found around the univerisity. The university is the city. You can find the classroom buildings, libraries, museums and offices of the university all over the city. And most of its members are the students and teachers or professors of the thirty-one colleges.

    Cambridge was an already developing town long before the first students and teachers arrived 800 years ago. It grew up by the river Granta, as the Cam was once called. A bridge was built over the river as early as 875.

    In the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries more and more land was used for college  buildings. The town grew much faster in the nineteenth century after the opening of the railway in 1845. Cambridge became a city in 1951 and now it has the population of over 100,000. Many young students want to study at Cambridge . Thousands of people from all over the world come to visit the university town. It has become a famous place all around the world.

    Question 36: Most visitors come to Cambridge ________________.

    1. to find the classroom buildings B. to study in the colleges in Cambridge
    2. to see the university           D. to use the libraries of the universities

    Question 37: The university began to appear  around in the ________________ century.

    1. 8th B. 9th                    C. 15th                            D. 13th

    Question 38: People named Cambridge the “city of Cambridge “ because _______________.

    1. the river was very well-known B. there is a bridge over the Cam
    2. it was a developing town D. there is a river named Granta

    Question 39: The town really began to develop  after _____________.

    A.1845                           B. 875                            C. 1951                D. 800

    Question 40:  From what we read we know that now Cambridge is _______________.

    1. a city without wall B. visited by international tourists
    2. a city of growing population           D. a city that may have a wall around it

    Mark the letter A,  B,  C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction.

    Question 41: The aim of this exercises is to practise using will for a future fact or prediction.

    A                    B                           C                                D

    Question 42: Marilyn Monroe, who was a famous actress, was died of drug overdose.

    A             B                         C                      D

    Question 43: What would happen if the temperature is warmer.

    A                 B               C                  D

    Question 44: The jacket with three differently colors belongs to Hai, my brother.

    A                         B                          C

    Question 45: I often spend some money each month, about $ 50, to buy books on economics.

    A                                             B                                 C                D

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

    Question 46: Although he is intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.

    1. Although his intelligence, he doesn’t do well at school.
    2. Despite being intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.
    3. In spite he is intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.
    4. In spite of intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.

    Question 47: Jane can swim farther than I can.

    1. I can’t swim as far as Jane.
    2. Jane can’t swim as far as I can.
    3. I can’t swim as far as Jane.
    4. Jane can swim as far as I can.

    Question 48: “Where does Mai live?” he asked.

    1. He asked me where Mai lives.
    2. He asked me where Mai lived.
    3. He asked me where does Mai live.
    4. He asked me where did Mai live.

    Question 49: The coffee was too hot for me to drink.

    1. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink it.
    2. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink.
    3. The coffee was so hot that I couldn’t drink it.
    4. The coffee was so hot that I couldn’t drink.

    Question 50: People are using computers in all kinds of work.

    1. Computers are being used in all kinds of work.
    2. All kinds of work are used by computers.
    3. Computers are used in all kinds of work.
    4. All kinds of work are being used by people.

    ĐÁP ÁN

    Question 1 : A. Filled

    Question 2 :  C. Chemist

    Question 3 : A. Easy

    Question 4 : C. Volunteer

    Question 5 : D. Visit

    Question 6. A. were dancing

    Question7:A. experienced enough to do

    Question 8: C. that

    Question 9: D. will have left

    Question 10: B. Applicants

    Question 11: C. Nice to see you, too

    Question12: D. unemployment

    Question 13: C. organized

    Question 14: C. go back

    Question 15: A. while

    Question16: B. interested

    Question 17: C. because

    Question18: B. believed

    Question 19: D. whose

    Question 20: D. has been looking

    Question 21: A. for

    Question 22: C. qualified

    Question 23: C. so

    Question 24: B. I’d love to

    Question 25: B. culture

    Question 26: D. Thank you, but I’m just learning.

    Question 27 : A. Danger

    Question 28 : B. Yes, let’s.

    Question 29: B. part

    Question 30: B. Not at all

    Question 31:         C. make

    Question 32: A. enjoyable

    Question 33: B. dress

    Question 34: D. asked

    Question 35: A. quality

    Question 36: C. to see the university

    Question 37: D. 13th

    Question 38: B. there is a bridge over the Cam

    Question 39: A.1845

    Question 40:  B. visited by international tourists

    Question 41: A. this exercises

    Question 42: C. was died

    Question 43: B. would

    Question 44: C. differently

    Question 45: C. to buy

    Question 46: B.despite being intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.

    Question 47: C. I can’t swim as far as Jane.

    Question 48: B. He asked me where Mai lived.

    Question 49: C. The coffee was so hot that I couldn’t drink it.

    Question 50: A. Computers are being used in all kinds of work.

    —The end—

  • Đề thi tiếng Anh chuyên Hà Nội năm 2007

    Đề thi tiếng Anh chuyên Hà Nội năm 2007

    Đề thi tiếng Anh chuyên Hà Nội năm 2007

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề thi tiếng Anh chuyên Hà Nội năm 2007

    Đề thi tiếng Anh chuyên Hà Nội năm 2007

     

    A. pronunciation (10 points).

     

     

    I. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others in each group. (5 points)

    1.    A. author B. other C. there D. they
    2.    A. forest B. control C. product D. ecology
    3.    A. industry B. translate C. construction D. satisfy
    4.    A. baggage B. courage C. damage D. invasion
    5.    A. advantage B. addition C. advertise D. adventure

    II. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) whose main stress pattern is not the same as that of the others. (5 points)

    A. deposit B. festival C. institute D. resident
    A. surprising B. astonishing C. amazing D. interesting
    A. interview B. industry C. essential D. difficult
    A. extreme B. generous C. lonely D. clothing
    A. friendly B. extra C. along D. orphanage

    B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (40 points).

    I. Choose the best answers to complete each sentence. (10 points)

    1. One problem for teacher is that each student has his/ her own ________ needs.
         A. separate B. divided C. individual D. distinctive
    1. I was ________ in the book I was reading and didn’t hear the phone.
    A. submerged B. distracted C. gripped D. engrossed
    1. If we hurry, we might get there ________ to catch the early train.
         A. right B. in time C. on time D. before time
    1. To get a passport, you must send in your birth ________ and two photos.
         A. certificate B. license C. paper D. card
    1. She tries to set ________ an hour a week for practice.
         A. about B. down C. aside D. in
    1. ________ stay the night if it’s too difficult to get home.
         A. At all costs B. By all means C. In all D. On the whole
    1. Robert and his wife ________ to my house for tea yesterday evening.
         A. came round B. came about C. came down D. came away
    1. Each of the guests ________ a bunch of flowers.
         A. are given B. is given C. were given D. give
    1. To everyone’s surprise, Mr. Brown ________ at the Trade Union meeting.
         A. turned in B. turned over C. turned up D. turned round
    1. Everyone burst out laughing. There was a lot of ________.
        A. laughs B. laughter C. laughings D. laugh

    II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (10 points)

    1. I (meet) ________ John before I (be) ________ a fortnight in Paris.
    2. The children were frightened because the lights suddenly (go) ________ out and they (sit) ________ in the dark.
    3. What tune (play) ________ when we (come) ________ in?
    4. She was badly hurt when her car hit another car. If she (wear) ________ her seat belt, she (not hurt) ________ so badly.
    5. Coming into the room he (see) ________ Mary where he (leave) ________ her.

    III. Give the correct form of the verbs to complete the passage. (10 points)

    1. We go to the restaurant for ________ whenever we ‘re tired of eating meat. (vegetable)
    2. Don’t worry. I ‘ll be waiting for you at the ________ to the pagoda . (enter)
    3. The old theater of our city is being enlarged and ________. (modern)
    4. Advertisements account for three fourths of the ________ of the newspaper. (come)
    5. What is the ________ of the adjective “solid”? ( oppose)
    6. ________ should complain if they are not satisfied with the service they receive. (Consume)
    7. If your work is ________ you won’t get a raise. (satisfy)
    8. ________ are alarmed by the rate at which tropical rainforest are being destroyed.(Conserve)
    9. The athletes take part in the Olympic Games in the true spirit of ________. (sport)
    10. You can never be sure what he is going to do. He is so ________. (predict)

    IV. Arrange these sentences to make a complete passage (10 points).

    1. As they built bigger and bigger ships, they were able to sail further and further away.
    2. They don’t really mean that the world is getting smaller, of course.
    3. They found that as they sailed further away from their home countries, the world became bigger.
    4. Then men began to use ships to explore the world.
    5. Today there are no undiscovered countries left to put on the map, but there are many new worlds to discover out in space.
    6. But 2,300 years ago the Egyptians and the Greek thought that the world was very small and flat that around it was the ocean.
    7. We often hear people saying that the world is getting smaller.
    8. So they had to make new maps to show the countries that they found.
    9. And they discovered new countries that they didn’t know about.
    10. What they mean is that with modern means of transport, we can now reach every part of the world very quickly.

    C. READING (30 points).

    I. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question. (5 points)

    People have been playing with marbles for thousands of years. The first marbles were probably either river stones that happened to be naturally round enough to roll or, more likely, rounded globs of clay that were baked hardness. Such very old clay marbles have been found in both Greek and Roman ruins, and quartz spheres have been dated at around 6000 B.C. Harder and more durable marbles tend to inspire different kinds of games than soft clay marbles, which crack very easily. So with the advent of hand rounded and polished marbles made of agate or some other rugged, igneous rock, the ‘golden age’ of marbles and marble play flowered. Stone marbles began to appear in the early 1800s in what is now the southern part of Germany. Shortly after, handmade glass marbles appeared in the same part of Europe. For the next 120 years, marbles and marble playing-there were literally hundreds of games – flourished in both Europe and America. Marble players developed their own vocabulary for different sizes and materials of marbles, as well as for the many kinds of games to be played and the way marbles were used in the games. For example, if you were going to play a game of Ring-Taw, one of the most popular and enduring marbles games, you would lag for the first shot, and then knuckle down from the baulk, trying your best to get a mib or two with your opponent’s immie.

    1. The author makes the point in the passage that playing with marbles __________.
    A. has been going on since ancient times

    B. is a relatively recent phenomenon

    C. is losing popularity

    D. is a very expensive pastime

    1. According to the passage, which of the following was the least used substance for making marbles?
    A. agate B. glass C. rock D. clay
    1. It can be inferred from the passage that the use of marbles became very popular in Europe and America __________.
    A. in the 18th century

    B. in the 1970s

    C. in 6000 B.C

    D. after glass marbles were developed

    1. We can infer from the passage that marble playing __________.
    A. is a game only for children

    B. has many variations in games

    C. is played according to one set of rules

    D. uses only one kind of marble

    1. We can conclude from lines 11-12 of the passage that the terminology of marble playing is __________.
    A. specialized

    B. used only by children

    C. easy to understand

    D. derived from an ancient language

    II. Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each space. (15 points)

    Look on the bright side

    Do you ever wish you were more optimistic, someone who always (1) _______ to be successful? Having some one around who always (2) _______ the worst isn’t really a lot of (3) _______ we all know someone who sees a single cloud on a sunny day and says “It looks (4) _______ rain.” But if you catch yourself thinking such things, it’s important to do something (5) _______ it. You can change your view of life, (6) _______ to psychologists, it only takes a little effort, and you’ll find life more rewarding as a (7) _______ . Optimism, they say, is partly about self-respect and confidence, but it’s also a more positive way of looking at life and all it has to (8) _______ . Optimists are more (9) _______ to start new projects and generally more prepared to take risks.

    Upbringing is obviously very important in forming your (10) _______ to the world. Some people are brought up to (11) _______ too much on others and grow up forever blaming other people when anything (12) _______ wrong. Most optimists, on the (13) _______ hand, have been brought up not to (14) _______ failure as the end of the world-they just (15) _______ with their lives.

    1.    A. counted B. expected C. felt D. waited
    2.    A. worries B. cares C. fears D. doubts
    3.    A. amusement B. play C. enjoyment D. fun
    4.    A. so B. to C. for D. like
    5.    A. with B. against C. about D. over
    6.    A. judging B. according C. concerning D. following
    7.    A. result B. reason C. purpose D. product
    8.    A. supply B. suggest C. offer D. propose
    9.    A. possible B. likely C. hopeful D. welcome
    10. A. opinion B. attitude C. view D. position
    11. A. trust B. believe C. depend D. hope
    12. A. goes B. falls C. comes D. turns
    13. A. opposite B. next C. other D. far
    14. A. regard B. respect C. suppose D. think
    15. A. get up B. get on C. get out D. get over

    III. Fill in each blank with one suitable word to complete this passage. (10 points)

    Travelling to all corners of the world is (1) _______ easier and easier. We live (2) _______ a global village, but how well do we know and understand each other? Here is (3) _______ simple test. Imagine you have arranged a meeting at 4 p. m. What time should you expect your foreign business colleagues to arrive? If they are German, they‘ll be exactly (4) _______ time. If they are American, they‘ll probably be 15 minutes early. If they are British, they’ll be 15 minutes (5) _______, and you should allow up to an hour for the Indians. Therefore, these are some small advice in (6) _______ not to behave badly abroad. In France you shouldn’t sit down in a cafard until you are shaken hands with everyone you know .In Afghanistan you‘d better spend at last 5 minutes (7) _______ hello.  In Pakistan you mustn’t wink. It is offensive. In the Middle East you must never use the left hand for greeting, eating, drinking or smoking. Also, you should care not to admire (8) _______ in your host’s home. They will feel that they have to give it to you .In Russia you must your hosts drink for drink or they will think you are unfriendly. In Thailand you should clasp your hands (9) _______ and lower your head and your eyes when you greet someone. In America you should eat your hamburger with both hands and as quickly as (10) _______. You shouldn’t try to have a conversation until it is eaten.

    D. WRITING (20 points).

    I. Rewrite the sentences in such a way that they mean almost the same as those printed before them. (10 points)

    1. My brother studies now harder than he used to.

    My brother ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Please don’t ask me that question.

    I’d rather ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. I last saw Bob when I was in Ho Chi Minh City.

    I haven’t …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. John only understood very little what the teacher said.

    John could hardly ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. Tom will be twenty next week.

    It’s Tom’s ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. She is fond of her nephew although he behaves terribly.

    She is fond of her nephew in …………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. He prefers reading books to watching TV.

    He would ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. He didn’t hurry, so he missed the bus.

    If …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. The train takes longer than the plane.

    The plane ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. I don’t suppose you have change for 2 pounds, do you?

    Do you happen ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    II. Use the prompts provided to write full sentences to make a complete letter. (10 points)

    Dear Sir / Madam,

    1. I / like / express / concern / increasing number / karaoke bars / city.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. There be / lot / reason / I object / places.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Firstly, / owners / take / much money / those / come / sing.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Secondly, / they cause / much noise / neighborhood.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Thirdly, / there / number / pupils / play truant / just / go / those places / sing.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Last / least / these bars / do harm / appearance / city / because / their / ugly flashing lights.

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. I want / say / I / not / old fashioned person.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. I hope / authority / take / matter / careful consideration.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. I / not mean / ban them / but / there should / effective way / control / this kind / entertainment places.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. I / look / see / city council / do / this master.

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    Yours truly, Thomas Cruise.

     

    ———- The end ———-

    (§Ò thi nµy cã 04  trang)

     

    Hä vµ tªn thÝ sinh: ……………………………………………………………………….. Sè b¸o danh: ……………….

    UBND Thµnh phè

    hµ néi

    bé Gi¸o dôc – §µo T¹o

    §Ò chÝnh thøc
    ®¸p ¸n ®Ò thi tuyÓn sinh vµo líp 10 thpt chuyªn

    N¨m häc 2006 – 2007

    M«n thi : TiÕng Anh

    Thêi gian: 120 phót ( kh«ng kÓ thêi gian giao ®Ò )

    Ngµy thi: 25/ 6/ 2006

    1. pronunciation (10 points).
    2. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others in each group. (5 points) – 1/ each.
    1. A 2. B 3. B 4. D 5.   C
    1. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) whose main stress pattern is not the same as that of the others. (5 points) – 1/ each.
    1. A 2. D 3. C 4. A 5.   C
    1. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (35 points).
    2. Choose the best answers to complete each sentence (10 points) – 1/ each.
    1.   C 2.   D 3.   B 4.   A 5.   C
    6.   B 7.   A 8.   B 9.   C 10. B
    1. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets (10 points) – 1/ each.
    1. met – had been.

    2. had gone – were sitting.

    3. was being played – came.

    4. had been wearing – wouldn’t have been hurt.

    5. saw – had left.

    III. Give the correct form of the verbs to complete the passage (10 points) – 1/ each.

    1. vegetarians 6. consumers
    2. entrance 7.  unsatisfactory
    3. modernized 8.  Conservationists
    4. incomes 9.  sportsmanship
    5. opposite 10.unpredictable
    1. Arrange these sentences to make a complete passage (10 points).

    g g b g j  g  f g  d g c g i g a g  h g   e .

    1. READING (30 points).
    2. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question (5 points) – 1/ each.
    1. A 2. D  3. D  4. B 5. A
    1. Read the text and decide which answer best fits each space (15 points) – 1/ each.
    1.     B 2.     C 3.     D 4.     D 5.   C
    6.     B 7.     A 8.     C 9.     B 10. B
    11.   C 12.   A 13.   C 14.   A 15. B
    1. Fill in each blank with one suitable word to complete this passage (10 points) – 1/ each.
      1. getting   2.  in   3. a   4. on   5.    late
      6. order   7.  saying   8. anything   9. together   10.  possible
    1. WRITING (20 points).
    2. Rewrite the sentences in such a way that they mean almost the same as those printed before them. (10 points)
    3. My brother didn’t use to study as/ so hard as he does now/ used to study more lazily than he does now.
    4. I’d rather you didn’t ask me that question.
    5. I haven’t seen Bob since I was in Ho Chi Minh City.
    6. John could hardly understand what the teacher said.
    7. It’s Tom’s twentieth birthday next week.
    8. She is fond of her nephew in spite of his terrible behavior.
    9. He would rather read books than watch TV.
    10. If he had hurried he would/could have caught / wouldn’t have missed the bus
    11. The plane does not take as long as/takes a shorter time than/ is quicker/faster than the train.
    12. Do you happen to have change for 2 pounds?
    13. Use the prompts provided to write full sentences to make a complete … (10 points) – 1/ each.

    Dear Sir/ Madam,

    1. I would like to express (my) concern about the increasing number of karaoke bars in the/ our city.
    2. There are a lot of reasons that/ why I object to these/ those places.
    3. Firstly, the owners take too much money from those people who come to sing.
    4. Secondly, they cause/ are causing too much noise in/ to the neighborhood.
    5. Thirdly, there are a number of pupils who/ that play truant just to go to those places to sing.
    6. Last but not least, these bars do harm to the appearance of the city because of their ugly flashing light.
    7. I (also) want to say (that) I am not an old fashioned person.
    8. I hope (that) the authority will take this matter into careful consideration.
    9. I do not mean to ban them, but there should be an/ some effective way to control this kind of entertainment places.
    10. I look/ am looking forward to seeing the city council doing something about this matter.
      Yours truly, Thomas Cruise.
    • Tæng ®iÓm bµi thi : Tæng sè c©u ®óng/ 10.

     

     

    ———- The end ———-

     

  • BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12

    BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12

    BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Bộ Đề thi tuyển sinh lớp 10 môn Anh hay có đáp án


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12

    BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12

    ĐỀ 1

     

    PHÒNG GD&ĐT VĨNH YÊN

    —————

     

    ĐỀ THI KHẢO SÁT HỌC SINH GIỎI

    NĂM HỌC 2014 – 2015

    Môn : Tiếng Anh  Lớp 6

    Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút (không tính thời gian giao đề)

    (Đề này gồm 05 trang)

     

    1. I. Listen and fill one word in the blanks

    The population of the…..(1)……is growing. More …(2)….. need more food. More people …(3)…. more land. We ……(4)….. ….cutting down the …..(5)…. .Farmers are burning …(6)……..forests. They need …(7)…fields. We are destroying …(8)….. and animals. These …(9)…. animals are …( 10)….. danger.

     

    1. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others in each group.
    2. A. garden B. yard                        C. market                    D. warm
    3. A. aerobics B. carrot                      C. lemonade                D. correct
    4. A. armchair B. sandwich                C. chocolate                D. school
    5. A. ahead B. white                      C. behind                    D. hungry
    6. A. stadium B. accident                  C. finally                     D. animal

     

    III. Choose the best answer from the four options (A or B, C, D) to complete each of the following sentences.

    1. She is not doing ___________ in the garden, just walking with her dog.
        A. anything B. nothing C. something D. one thing
    1. It is twelve o’clock, Mai Anh. Let’s ___________home.
        A. goes B. to go C. going D. go
    1. My brother and I ___________ our grandmother next weekend.
        A. visit B. am going to visit C. am visiting D. are going to visit
    1. ___________ he plays the guitar!
        A. What beautiful B. How beautifully C. How beautiful D. What beautifully
    1. I don’t want much sugar in coffee. Just ___________, please.
        A. a little B. little C. few D. a few
    1. At an intersection, we must___________.
        A. ride quickly B. go fast C. slow down D. run out
    1. What’s___________ lunch? -There is some rice and some meat.
        A. for B. in C. to D. at
    1. Is there anything to drink? I’m___________.
        A. hungry B. tired C. thirsty D. cold
    1. Look ___________ that strange man! He is looking ___________ Lan but she isn’t here.
        A. for/ at B. at/  for C. at/ after D. at/ on
    1. You are too fat. You shouldn’t eat much___________.
        A. meat B. fruit C. fish D. vegetables
    1. ___________ do people need more food? Because there are more people.
        A. What B. Why C. Where D. How
    1. Where is your mother? ~ She is in the kitchen. She___________ dinner.
        A. cooks B. cooking C. cooked D. is cooking
    1. How___________ do you brush your teeth? -Three times a day.
        A. many B. much C. usually D. often
    1. ___________ straight across the road.
        A. Don’t run B. Not run C. No running D. Can’t run
    1. When it becomes hot, people often feel ___________.
        A. hungry B. thirsty C. happy D. worried
    1. Of the three students, Nga is ___________.
        A. the best B. good C. better D. well
    1. What is your favorite food? ~____________
        A. My favorite food is orange juice. C. I like coffee and lemonlade.
        B. Orange juice is my favorite food. D. I like chicken and fried fish.
    1. They ___________ late for school.
        A. never are B. don’t C. are never D. never
    1. ___________ are you going to stay here? ~ For a week.
        A. How often B. How long C. How many D. How far
    1. Miss Trang always ___________ her own clothes.
        A. does B. wants C. cooks D. makes

     

    1. The sentences below have four underlined words or phrases. Identify an error in each sentence by choosing the letter (A or B, C, D).
    2. Ba often does his homeworks in the evening.

    A     B                  C        D

    1. I don’t have some apples but I have some bananas.

    A     B                 C              D

    1. Would you like any tea? ~ Yes, please.

    A              B    C                         D

    1. That’s my sister over there. She stands next to the window.

    A                           B                   C                   D

    1. There aren’t any trees in the left of Lan’s house.

    A                   B              C                D

     

    1. Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in BLOCK CAPITALS.
    2. Lan’s classroom is on the ___________ floor. TWO
    3. Mai speaks English ___________ than me. WELL
    4. The Great Wall of China is the world’s ___________ structure. LONG
    5. There are a lot of ___________ mountains in Viet Nam. BEAUTY
    6. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your___________? NATION

     

    1. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable preposition.                                                    
    2. Hoa lives ___________ 12 Tran Phu Street. She doesn’t have many friends there.
    3. There is an English examination ___________ Friday, 11th December.
    4. Many Asian animals are ___________ danger.
    5. The movie theater is ___________ the restaurant and the bookstore.
    6. Nam is the strongest ___________ the three boys.

     

    VII. Read the passage and choose the correct answer (A or B, C, D to fill in the gap.

                I live in a house near the sea. It is (1)________old house, about 100 years old and  (2)________very small. There are two bedrooms upstairs (3)________a bathroom. The kitchen is (4)________the ground and there is a living- room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden (5)________the house. The garden (6)________down to the beach and in spring and summer, (7)________flowers everywhere. I live alone (8)________my dog, John, but we have a lot of visitors. My friends often stay with (9)________.

    I love my house for (10)________reasons. Maybe I like fresh air here.

    1. a                             B. an                            C. the                          D. any
    2. it’s B. it                             C. there’s                     D. they’re
    3. and B. or                            C. but                          D. too
    4. between B. in                            C. on                           D. next to
    5. in B. besides                    C. next                        D. in front of
    6. go B. goes                        C. going                      D. in goes
    7. there is B. there are                  C. they are                   D. those are
    8. for B. of                            C. on                           D. with
    9. me B. I                              C. my                          D. I’m
    10. much B. a little                     C. many                       D. a lot

     

    VIII. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word.

    Viet Nam is in the South- East Asia. It has (1)________of beautiful mountains, rivers and beaches. (2)________are two long (3)________in Viet Nam: the Red River in the north and the Mekong River in the (4)________. The Mekong River is the (5)________river in the South- East Asia and of course it is longer (6)________the Red River. The Mekong River starts in Tibet and flows (7)________ the sea. Phanxipang is the (8)________mountain in Viet Nam. It’s 3,143 meters (9)________. Viet Nam also (10)________a lot of nice beaches such as Sam Son, Do Son, Nha Trang, Vung Tau.

     

    1. Read the following passage and answer the questions.

                Lan is twenty years old. She has fair hair and blue eyes. She has two brothers, Nam and Tuan but she doesn’t have any sisters. Her brothers have brown hair and brown eyes. One of her brothers, Nam, is married and has two children, so she is an aunt. Lan lives with her parents in an apartment. It has five rooms but it doesn’t have a garden. She has her own room in the apartment in which she has a computer and a TV. She has a car but her parents don’t have one because they can’t drive.

    1. How old is Lan? ________________________________________
    2. How many people are there in her family? ________________________________________
    3. What color are her eyes? ________________________________________
    4. Is there a computer and a TV in Lan’s room? ________________________________________
    5. Do her parents have a car? Why? Why not? ________________________________________

     

    1. Rewrite the sentences so that it has the same meaning as the sentence printed before.
    2. Does Phong’s school have forty classrooms? – Are ________________?
    3. How much does a box of chocolate cost? – What _____________________?
    4. Does your father cycle to work? – Does your father get ____________?
    5. She has long hair. – Her ___________________.
    6. Nobody in our class is more intelligent than Mai. – Mai _________________.

     

     

    1. Use the words or phrases to make meaningful sentences.
    2. Which/ be/ biggest/ city/ Viet Nam/ ? __________________________________
    3. Minh/ friends/ be/ going to/ have/ picnic/ near/ lake. __________________________________
    4. I’d like/ sandwich/ glass/ milk/ please. __________________________________
    5. Minh/ leave/ house/ half past six. __________________________________
    6. Ho Chi Minh City/ have/ population/ 3.5 million. __________________________________

     

    XI – Write a passage (80 -100 words) about what you often do in four seasons.

    ____________________________________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________________________________

    ———HẾT———

    Cán bộ coi thi không giải thích gì thêm.

    Thí sinh không được sử dụng bất kỳ loại tài liệu nào, kể cả từ điển

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    ĐÁP ÁN + HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

     

    1. Listen: Giáo viên mở phần 4*sgk lớp 6 p168 – unit 16 cho học sinh nghe 3 lần (1,5điểm).

    Mỗi câu đúng 0,15 điểm.

    1. world 2. people                      3. need                                    4.are                            5. forests
    2. the 7. more                        8. plants                       9. Asian                       10. in

    I – (0,5 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1D       2A       3D       4B       5C

    II – (1 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,05 điểm.

    1A       2D       3D       4B       5A       6C       7A       8C       9B       10A

    11B     12D     13D     14A     15B     16A     17D     18C     19B     20D

    III – (0,5 điểm)  Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1C       2B       3C       4C       5C

    IV – (0,5 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.       

    1. second 2. better 3. longest         4. beautiful      5. nationality

    V – (0,5 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1. at 2. on                3. in                 4. between       5. of

    VI – (1 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

                1B       2A       3A       4C       5D       6B       7B       8D       9A       10C

    VII – (1 điểm)            Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1. lots 2. There           3. rivers           4. south           5. longest                                             6. than             7. to                     8. highest         9. high             10. has

    VIII – (0,5điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1. She is twenty years old.
    2. There are five people in her family.
    3. They are blue.
    4. Yes, there is.
    5. No, they don’t. Because they can’t drive.

    IX – (0,5 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1. Are there forty classrooms in Phong’s school?
    2. What is the price of a box of chocolate?
    3. Does your father get to work by bike?
    4. Her hair is long.
    5. Mai is the most intelligent in our class.

     

    X – (0,5 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.        

    1. Which is the biggest city in Viet Nam?
    2. Minh and his friends are going to have a picnic near a lake.
    3. I’d like a sandwich and a glass of milk, please.
    4. Minh leaves the house at half past six.
    5. Ho Chi Minh City has a population of 3.5 million.

    XI – (2 điểm)    

    Học sinh viết được:

    – Tên 4 mùa: Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter

    – Các trạng từ chỉ tần suất: always, usually, often, sometime, never…

    – Các tính từ chỉ thời tiết: warm, cold, hot, cool…

    – Các hoạt động thường làm trong 4 mùa như:

                            + play soccer/ badminton/ volleyball/ basketball/ sports…

                            + go swimming/ fishing/ sailing/ jogging

                            + fly kite….

    Sai mỗi lỗi chính tả trừ 0,01 điểm. Sai ngữ pháp không cho điểm.

    Sử dụng đúng từ vựng, ngữ pháp cho tối đa 2 điểm.

    Tổng điểm: 10 điểm

    ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC

    ĐỀ 2

    UBND HUYỆN BẢO THẮNG

    PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

     

    KÌ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI CẤP HUYỆN

    LỚP 7 THCS  –  NĂM HỌC  2013 – 2014

    ĐỀ THI  HSG MÔN TIẾNG ANH  7

                                        Thời gian làm bài 150 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)

    (Bài thi có 6 trang)

    • Thí sinh không được sử dụng tài liệu, kể cả từ điển.
    SỐ PHÁCH
    • Cán bộ coi thi không giải thích gì thêm.
    • Thí sinh làm bài trực tiếp vào đề thi.                                                                                                         

    Điểm bài thi (Do giám khảo chấm thi ghi)

    Bằng số: ……………………..

    Bằng chữ: ………………………

                                                               

                                                              Giám khảo 1: ………………………………..

                                                                     Giám khảo 2: ………………………………..

     

    SECTION I. PHONETICS: (1pt)

    Question 1. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined, italic part pronounced differently from the rest. Circle your option  (1pt)

    1. A. horrible B. hour                        C. hundred                  D. hold
    2. A. touched B. laughed C. talked                      D. decided
    3. A. mind B. thing           C. kind                       D. tidy
    4. A. party B. lovely C. sky                          D. city

    SECTION  II. VOCABULARY – GRAMMAR (7 pts)

    Question 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (2pts)

    1. Children are ………………………….. of seeing the dentist.
    2. afraid B. interested                C. worried                   D. keen
    3. Now Hoa is used …………………………. the busy roads in the city.
    4. to cross B. crossing                  C. for crossing D. to crossing
    5. No one can do it well and …………………………………………..
    6. so can she B. neither can she        C. she can’t, too          D. she can, either
    7. The nurse will ………………………………. your height again.
    A. weigh B. take C. measure D. do
    1. Don’t forget …………………………. your hands before meals.
    A. wash B. to wash C. washing D. to washing
    1. You should add some salt …………………. the dish.
    A. with B. for C. in D. to
    1. Do you think cooking is also a useful ……………….?
    A. hobby B. work C. time D. meal
    1. Mr. Long has …………………………. days off than Mr. Tuan.
    A. many B. less C. fewer D. much

    Question 3. Give the correct form of each verb in brackets to complete the following sentences (2pts)

    1. You …(a)……………………….. (go) out last night? – Yes. I …..(b)……………………..(go) to the cinema but I didn’t enjoy the movie very much.

    (a) ………………………..…….        (b) …………………..…………….

    1. It often …(c)………………………… (take) me twenty minutes to go to school. How long it ….(d)……………………………(take) you , Linh?

    (c) …………………………….                      (d) ………………………………

    1. My sister ……(e)…………………….(go) to the Youth Club every weekend. She enjoys ….(f)…………………………(play) sports very much.

    (e) …………………………….                      (f) ………………………………

    1. “Nam is in hospital”. – “Yes, I know. I …..(g)…………….(visit) him tomorrow.”

    (g) ………………………………

    1. When my brother and I ………(h)……………….(be) children, we had two cats and a dog.

    (h) ………………………………

    Question 4. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets. (1pt)

    (Cho dạng đúng của những từ in hoa trong ngoặc để hoàn thành những câu sau)

    Ex: * This dictionary is very ……………….. for you to learn English.     (USE)

    => This dictionary is very useful  for you to learn English

    1. Nam is very …………………………… in computer. (INTEREST)
    2. Miss Quyen is a ……………………………………….. . She travels a lot. ( JOURNAL )
    3. Catching the common cold is ……………………………….. for everybody. (PLEASE)
    4. Mr. Pike didn’t go to work yesterday because of his ………………………. . (SICK)

    Question 5. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting then correct them. (1pt) (Chọn từ hay cụm từ có phần gạch chân chưa đúng cần sửa lại trong những câu sau đây,  như ví dụ sau)

    Ex: *  The children are very boring and they don’t know what to do.

    A                                  B                      C           D

    Answer: B  boring  => bored

    1. You look tired. You’d better stay inside on recess.

    A                  B        C                    D

    Answer: ………. …..…-> ……….………….

    1. Tuan is the more intelligent student in our class.

    A      B                                  C          D

    Answer: ………. …..…-> ……….………….

    1. My brother doesn’t like durians, and I don’t like them, too.

    A                    B        C                             D

    Answer: ………. …..…-> ……….………….

    1. Three days ago, The Browns go  for a picnic in the country.

    A                   B    C               D

    Answer: ………. …..…-> ……….………….

    Question 6. Complete the following sentences with a suitable preposition. (1pt)

                (Điền vào chỗ trống với một giới từ phù hợp)

    1. Trang received a letter …………..…… her aunt last week.
    2. Eating too much candy is bad ……….…… you.
    3. My school team took part ………..…… walking competition last year.
    4. They always go to school ……..…… foot.

    SECTION  III.  READING: (6pts)

    Question 7. Read the passage below and choose the best option (A, B, C or D) for each space. Circle your option (2,5pts) (Đọc đoạn văn rồi khoanh tròn đáp án đúng cho mỗi chỗ trống dưới đây)

    Last Monday William Murphy (1) ______ a wallet on a lonely street in Montreal. He picked up the wallet and (2) ______ a ticket inside. He noticed the number on the ticket and immediately realized that (3) _____ was the winning ticket in a big competition. The price (4) _____ eight million dollars!

    Murphy (5) _____ the huge prize, however, he (6) _____ the ticket back to (7) _____ owner, Laviqeur. Yesterday Leviqeur got the prize and at once (8) _____ Murphy a million dollar as a reward.

    “I have never won a competition before”, he told the reporter. “Now I (9) ____ rich and I want  (10) ______ honesty.

    1. A. see             B. sees             C. saw                         D. is seeing
    2. A. find B. found                      C. finds                       D. founded
    3. A. it B. he                            C. she                          D. one
    4. A. is B.are                            C. were                        D.was
    5. A. didn’t collect B. not collect   C. no collect                D. wasn’t collect
    6. A. take B. takes                       C. taking                     D. took
    7. A. his             B. their                        C. its                            D. it’s
    8. A. give B. gave                        C. giving                     D. gives
    9. A. become B. becomes                  C. is becoming            D. became
    10. A. reward B. to reward    C. rewarding   D. for rewarding.

    Question 8. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE word in each space. (2,5pts) (Đọc đoạn văn rồi điền một từ thích hợp ở trong khung dưới đây vào chỗ trống)

     cause                 pulled                treat             decay                       sugar

    wear                 eat                     teeth            middle-age               thought

    Many people nowadays have to (1) ___________ false teeth when they are (2) _____________ . The reason is that tooth (3) __________ increases a lot. The amount of (4) ____________ on our food also increases. Doctors and dentists now know that sugar is the chief (5) ______________ of tooth decay. Eskimos’ (6) ___________ , for example, started to decay when they began to (7) ________ sweeter food.

    Long ago doctors didn’t like to (8) _________ people’s teeth. Barbers and Blacksmiths looked after people’s teeth and (9) __________ them out when they decayed. Some people (10) __________ toothache was a punishment from the Gods.

    Write your answers here:

    1 ……………… 2…………………… 3…………………… 4…………………… 5…………………
    6 ………………. 7…………………… 8…………………… 9…………………… 10……………….

    Question 9. Read the passage and then answer the questions below. (1pt)

    In the summer holiday, Mr. and Mrs. Brown and their children, Peter and Susan often go to the beach for two or three days. They always go to Vung Tau in the south of Viet Nam. They usually stay in a small house or a flat by the sea, but sometimes they stay in a hotel. Last summer, they went to Nha Trang. They stayed at the Sun Shine hotel for three days. In the morning, Peter played soccer with his father on the beach. Susan and her mother walked long the beach and built sand castles. They visited Tri Nguyen aquarium and saw different kinds of fish there. They also bought a lot of souvenirs for friends.

    Questions:

    1. Where do the Browns often go for their summer vacation?

    ………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. Where did they go last summer?

    ………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. How long did they stay there?

    ………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. What did Susan and her mother do in the morning?

    ………………………………………………………………………………………

    SECTION IV.  WRITING: (6pts)

    Question 10. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning. (4pts) (Viết lại câu sao cho nghĩa của câu tương đương)

    1. Ho Chi Minh city is bigger than Da Nang.

    -> Da Nang …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. What’s his job?

    -> What does ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. How heavy are you?

    -> What …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. What is the price of this cap ?

    -> How much ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. Lan didn’t go to school yesterday because of her sickness.

    -> Because Lan  ………………………………………………………………………

    1. There are eight hundred stamps in Hoa’s collection.

    -> Hoa’s collection ………………………………………….…………………………

    1. Shall we go to the zoo?

    – > Let’s …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… !

    1. She likes to play the guitar.

    – > She enjoys………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    Question 11. Use the suggested words and phrases to write complete sentences (2pts) (Em hãy dùng từ gợi ý viết hoàn chỉnh mỗi câu trong bức thư sau)

    Dear Nam,

    1. I/ be/ pleased/ hear/ that/ you/ your family/ well.

    ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Here/ photo/ my family/ and/ let/ me/  tell/ you/ us.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. Father/ mechanic/.  He/ work/ factory/ suburb.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. He usually/go/ work/ motorbike/ morning/ so he/ not free/ every morning.

    ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. Mother/ teacher/. She/ teach/ Math/ school/ near/ house.

    …………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Brother/ 17 years/ and /he/ grade 12.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. He/ love/ collect /stamps/. He / have/ hundreds/ stamps/ collection.

    …………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Please write/ me soon/ and tell/ your/ family.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………….. .

     

    HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM + BIỂU ĐIỂM

    KÌ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI CẤP HUYỆN

    LỚP 7 MÔN TIẾNG ANH  –  NĂM HỌC  2013 – 2014

    Đề chính thức:

    1. Các chú ý khi chấm thi:
    2. Bài chấm theo thang điểm 20 điểm (chi tiết đến 0,25 điểm)
    3. Điểm toàn bài thi bằng điểm tổng cộng các điểm từng phần, điểm toàn bài không làm tròn.
    4. Học sinh giải đúng bằng các cách khác thì cho điểm tương đương theo biểu điểm chấm của từng nội dung.
    5. Đáp án và cách cho điểm.

    SECTION I. PHONETICS: (1pt)

                Question 1. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined, italic part pronounced differently from the rest. Circle your option (0,25 p for each correct answer)

     

    1. B 2. D 3B                  4. C

    SECTION  II. VOCABULARY – GRAMMAR (7 pts)

    Question 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (0,25 p for each correct answer)

    1 – A 2 – D 3 – B 4 – C
    5 – B 6 – D 7 – A 8 – C

     

    Question 3. Give the correct form of each verb in bracket to complete the following sentences (8 x 0.25 = 2pts)

    1. (a) Did you go/ (b) went                3. (e) goes  / (f) playing
    2. (c) takes / (d) does it take                             4. (g)  am going to visit/ (will visit)
    3. (h) were

    Question 4. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets. (1pt) (0,25 p for each correct answer)

    1. interested 2. journalist 3. unpleasant   4. sickness

     

    Question 5. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting and correct them. (4 x 0.25 = 1pt)

    1. D. on recess -> at recess 2. B. more -> most
    2. D. too -> either          4. B. go  -> went

    Question 6. Complete the following sentences with a suitable preposition.

    (4 x 0.25 = 1pt)

    1. from 2. for 3. in                 4. on

    SECTION  III.  READING: (6pts)

    Question 7. Read the passage below and choose the best option (A, B, C or D) for each space. Circle your option (10 x 0.25 = 2,5pts)

    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
    C B A D A D C B A B

    Question 8. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE word in each space. (10 x 0.25 = 2,5pts)

    1. wear 2. middle-age 3. decay           4. sugar            5. cause
    2. teeth 7. eat 8. treat 9. pulled          10. thought

    Question 9. Read the passage and then answer the questions below. (4 x 0.25 = 1pt)

    1. They often go to the beach.
    2. They went to Nha Trang.
    3. They stayed there for 3 days.
    4. Susan and her mother walked along the beach.

    SECTION IV.  WRITING: (6pts)

    Question 10. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning. (8 x 0.5 = 4pts)

    1. Da Nang is smaller than Ho Chi Minh City.
    2. What does he do?
    3. What is your weight?
    4. How much is this cap?/ How much does this cap cost?
    5. Because Lan was sick, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
    6. Hoa’s collection has eight hundred stamps.
    7. Let’s go to the zoo!
    8. She enjoys playing the guitar.

    Question 11. Use the suggested words and phrases to write complete sentences

    (Em hãy dùng từ gợi ý viết hoàn chỉnh mỗi câu trong bức thư sau)

     (8 x 0.25 = 2pts)

    1. I am pleased to hear that you and your family are well.
    2. Here is the photo of my family and  let  me tell you about us.
    3. My father is a mechanic. He works in/for a factory in the suburb.
    4. He usually goes to work by motorbike in the morning so he is not free every morning.
    5. My mother is a teacher. She teaches math at a school near my house.
    6. My brother is 17 years old and he is in grade 12.
    7. He loves collecting stamps. He has hundreds of stamps in his collection.
    8. Please write to me soon and tell (me) about your family.

     

    ĐỀ 3

      BÀI THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI CẤP HUYỆN

    MÔN: TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8

    NĂM HỌC: 2010-2011

    (           THỜI GIAN LÀM BÀI 120 PHÚT KHÔNG KỂ THỜI GIAN GIAO BÀI)

     

    I, Khoanh tròn chữ cái (A hoặc B, C, D) của từ mà phần gạch chân có cách phát âm khác so với những từ còn lại:

    1.                  A. hotel B. photo C. move D. pagoda
    2.                  A. seat B. great C. please D. beach
    3.                  A. chair B. cheap C. chemistry D. children
    4.                  A. missed B. closed C. called D. planned
    5.                  A. sugar B. sorry C. seaside D. summer
    6.                  A. curly B. sky C. library D. lucky
    7.                  A. wait B. straight C. train D. fair
    8.                  A. spends B. laughs C. friends D. potatoes
    9.                  A. classmate B. place C. grade D. character
    10.               A. fine B. night C. kitchen D. high

    II, Khoanh tròn chữ cái (A or B,C,D) của từ hoặc cụm từ được gạch chân cần phải sửa để được câu đúng:

    1, Would you like going to the concert with my friends tonight?

    A                   B                  C                                  D

    2, Let’s me help you with the housework so that you can have enough time for your homework.

    A                                   B                                            C                                   D

    3, The armchair is in the living room, among the TV and the sofa.

    A                           B                       C                    D

    4, They asked me how did my brother go to work.

    A                  B                   C                  D

    5, The teacher told the children don’t talk in class like that.

    A                         B                 C                            D

    6, These color televisions are too expensive for we to buy at this time.

    A                                 B                   C                       D

    7, Smoking cigarettes aren’t allowed in this hospital.

    A                             B                    C          D

    8, I’m used to drink coffee with cream, but now I don’t.

    A                  B                 C                              D

    9, We like watching TV at night but our parents loves reading newspapers.

    A                      B                                    C        D

    10, There are much than eighty stores in the mall.

    A             B             C                        D

     

    III, Khoanh tròn chữ cái (A hoặc B, C, D) của từ/cụm từ đúng nhất để hoàn thành những câu sau:

    1. Mr. John is really interested ……………… the history of Viet Nam.
    A. on B. in C. about D. at
    1. Don’t worry about us. We can ……………….
    A. look ourselves B. look for ourselves C. look after our self D. look after ourselves
    1. We have learnt English ………………………. three years.
    A. at B. in C. for D. since
    1. She walked …………… the kitchen and put her packages ………………. the table.
    A. in/ into B. on/ into C. into/ in D. into/ on
    1. He doesn’t look …………………. to be a famous boxer.
    A. enough strong B. strong enough C. weak enough D. too weak
    1. David’s school ………….. is very bad this term.
    A. report B. period C. day D. semester
    1. This book is ……………. that I try to read it from beginning to end at one time.
    A. so interesting B. so interested C. such interesting D. too interesting
    1. Our teacher asked us ……………. in class.
    A. not to talk B. to not talk C. no talk D. without talking
    1. Tom …………drink a lot of coffee when he was a student.
    A. used B. used to C. gets used to D. was used to
    1. I like ………………activities such as walking and camping.
    A. outdoor B. indoor C. outside D. inside
    1. His ……………..towards me is very strange.
    A. behave B. behavior C. behaved D. behaving
    1. I tried my………………..not to laugh, but I couldn’t.
    A. good B. well C. better D. best
    1. – Would you like to play soccer? – ……………………………. .
    A. Yes, I do B. Yes, I’d love to C. Yes, please D. I like it
    1. Would you mind……………….the window?
    A. to close B. about closing C. closing D. closed
    1. Will you pick me……………….after the party?
    A. on B. over C. up D. through
    1. Some people are very selfish. They only think of………………………….. .
    A. himself B. itself C. ourselves D. themselves
    1. – Could you give me the salt, please? – …………………. .
    A. Sure, here you are B. Yes, please C. Yes, I’d love to D. No, thanks
    1. We used to wash clothes by hand. Now we have a…….
    A. washing machine B. dishwasher C. hair dryer D. steamer.
    1. She went to market without………. anything.
    A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. buying
    1. “Do you think Margaret will take the job you offered her?”

    “I don’t know. She seemed………. in it, however”.

    A. interest B. interesting C. interested D. interestingly
    1. He drives as……….his father does.
    A. careful as B. more carefully C. the most careful D. carefully as
    1. My brother is studying hard ……………………. pass the exam.
    A. for B. in order to C. so to D. so that
    1. – Would you mind if I took a photo? – …………………… .
    A. Sure, here you are B. Yes, please C. Yes, I’d love to D. Please go ahead
    1. He was born in England. English is his…………………….. .
    A. mother tongue B. first language C. foreign language D. A and B  are correct
    1. That car is the ……………………… as ours.
    A. same B. most C. much D. more
    1. – Let’s camp on the other side of the river. – …………………… !
    A. Yes, please B. Yes, of course C. Good idea D. I like it
    1. ‘Which girl is Mary?’ – ‘She’s the one with…………… hair’
    A. long curly black B. curly long black C. long black curly D. curly black long
    1. I was late, but…………they waited for me.
    A. lovely B. luckily C. extremely D. silly
    1. Would you like some tea, please? – ……………… .
    A. Yes, I’d like B. Yes, please C. Yes, of course D. Yes, All right
    1. Each of the rooms…………..a different color.
    A. has B. have C. have had D. are having

     

    IV, Cho thì/ dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành những câu sau:

    1, Mai is in her room. She (play) the guitar.

    2, Last night when we (visit) him, he (do) an experiment in his room.

    3, – I (not see) our uncle recently.

    –  No. He (not go) out since he (buy) a new color television.

    4, My mother is too tired (cook) tonight.

    5, The teacher asked me  (not make) noise in class.

    6, The boys enjoy (play) games but hate doing lessons.

    7, Look at those black clouds. It (rain).

    Answer key:      1, ………..……………………………….  2,………….………….…-…………………….………

    3, …………………………………….- ……………….……………………. – …………..……….…………

    4, ………..……………….………………              5, ………….……………………………………

    6,…………………….….………………               7, ……………………………………………….

    V, Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành những câu sau:               Write your answer

    1. English is an (interest) and important subject.

    2. My country is rich in (nature) resources.

    3. During his (child) the family lived in Ho Chi Minh City.

    4. Could you give me some more (inform) about you and your family?

    5. The shoes were nice, but they were (comfort).

    6. Surface mail is much (cheap) than airmail.

    7. He drives (care) and never gets accidents.

    8. Bell (success) demonstrated his invention.

    9. (Fortunate), dark clouds appeared and it began to rain.

    10. My sister has a beautiful (collect) of stamps.

    1…………………………………. 2…………………………………. 3…………………………………. 4…………………………………. 5…………………………………. 6…………………………………. 7…………………………………. 8…………………………………. 9…………………………………. 10…………………………………

    1. Đọc đoạn văn sau và khoanh tròn chữ cái (A hoặc B, C, D) của từ/cụm từ đúng nhất để điền vào mỗi chỗ trống:

    For many people sport is a popular part of school life and (1)………..in one of the school teams and playing in matches is very important. If someone is in a (2)………. it means a lot of extra practice and often spending a Saturday or Sunday away (3)………home, as many matches are played then.

    It can also involve traveling to (4)……….. towns to play against other school teams and then staying on after the match for a (5)………… or a drink. Some parents, friends or other students will travel with the team to support (6)…….…own side.

    When a school team wins a match, it is the whole school which feels proud, (7)….…only the players. It can also mean that a school becomes (8)………..for being good at certain sports and people from that school may end up playing for national (9)……..… international teams so that the school has some really (10)……..…names associated with it.

    1. A. having B. being C. taking D. putting
    2. A. group B. team C. play D. field
    3. A. at B. on C. for D. from
    4. A. others B. an other C. other D. one
    5. A. play B. meal C. walk D. swim
    6. A. their B. its C. our D. whose
    7. A. but B. however C. and D. not
    8. A. well-made B. well-equipped C. well-done D. well-known
    9. A. because B. but C. and D. so
    10. A. old B. new C. common D. famous

    VII- Đọc đoạn văn sau và điền một từ thích hợp vào mỗi ô trống:

    Charlie Chaplin was born in a very poor part of London. (1) …………father was a comedian and his mother worked (2) ………….a dancer and a singer. Neither of them (3) …………..successful so the family (4) ……………had very little money. The first time he himself earned (5) ……………… by dancing and singing, he was only five years old. He did many kinds of jobs, but what he loved best was working (6) …………………the theatre.

    When he (7) ………………… about fifteen, he joined a traveling theatre company and went on trips to America. On one such tour, (8) ……………… was offered a part in a film, so he went to Hollywood, where he eventually became both a famous actor (9) ………………. film director.

    He died in Switzerland in 1977, at the (10) …………………  of 88. There is now a statue of him in Leicester Square, London, the city of his birth and early up-bringing.

     

    VIII- Viết lại những câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu trước nó:

    1, She last ate this kind of food in January.

    -> She hasn’t ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    2, Walking in the rain gives my brother pleasure.

    -> My brother enjoys ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    3, Have you ever played a computer game before?

    -> Is this ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..?

    4, The front yard is too small to play soccer in.

    -> The front yard isn’t……………………………………………..……………………………………….

    5, “Don’t stay up too late” My sister said.

    -> My sister asked…………………………………………………..……………………………………….

    6, It’s 4 years since I last spoke to her.

    -> I haven’t……………………………………………..………………………..……………………

    7, No one in our school is as intelligent as Mai is.

    -> Mai is …………………………………………………..………………………..………………………

    8, He’d rather play golf than tennis.

    -> He prefers…………………………………………………..………………………..………………………..

    1. Your younger brother is too weak to lift that box

    -> Your brother is not…………………………………………………..………………………..……………

    1. Hung’s hobby is collecting stamps.

    -> Hung is interested.…………………………………………….……..………………………..…………

    The end

    PHÒNG GD-ĐT LÂM THAO HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM BÀI THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI CẤP HUYỆN- MÔN TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8

    NĂM HỌC: 2010-2011

    I.

    1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. D 10. C

    II.

     

    1. B 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. C 6. C 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. B

     

    III.

    1. B 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. B 6. A 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. A
    11. B 12. D 13. B 14. C 15. C 16. D 17. A 18. A 19. D 20. C
    21. D 22. B 23. D 24. D 25. A 26. C 27. A 28. B 29. B 30. A

    IV.

    1. is playing 2. visited – was doing             3. haven’t seen – hasn’t/has not gone – bought
    2. to cook 5. not to make 6. playing                    7. is going to rain

    V.

    1, interesting 2, natural 3, childhood 4, information 5, uncomfortable
    6, cheaper 7, carefully 8, successfully 9, Fortunately 10, collection

     

    1. C 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. D 9. C 10. D

    VII.

    1. His 2. as 3. was 4. the 5. money
    6. in 7. was 8. he 9. and 10. age

    VIII.

    1, She hasn’t eaten this food since January.

    2, My brother enjoys walking in the rain

    3, Is this the first time you have (ever) played a computer game?

    4, The front yard isn’t large/big enough to play soccer in.

    5, My sister asked me not to stay up late.

    6, I haven’t spoken to her for 4 years.

    7, Mai is the most intelligent (student/girl) in our school.

    8, He prefers golf to tennis/ He prefers playing golf to (playing) tennis.

    9, Your brother is not/isn’t strong enough to lift that box.

    10, Hung is interested in collecting stamps.

    Tổng điểm: 100 điểm (Quy về 10 điểm)

    Lưu ý:             – Học sinh có câu trả lời đúng mà không có trong hướng dẫn chấm vẫn được tính điểm.

    – Làm tròn điểm: 0.1->0.2 làm tròn 0.25; 0.3->0.4 làm tròn 0.5; 0.6->0.7 làm tròn 0.75; 0.8->0.9 làm tròn 1.0

     

     

    The end

    ĐỀ 4

    PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

          THÀNH PHỐ THANH HOÁ

    KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI

    CẤP THÀNH PHỐ NĂM HỌC 2014-2015

     

    ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    Lớp 9 THCS

    Đề  thi có  4 phần   Thời gian làm bài: 150 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)
    Ngày thi:  02 tháng 12 năm 2014

     

    Part A : PHONETICS (5 points)

    I/ Choose  and write in your answer sheet the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest of the group. (2 points)

    1. Describe B. Excite C. Timber D. Dive
    2. A. Devotion B. congestion            C. Suggestion D. Question

    II/ Choose  and write in your answer sheet the word whose stress pattern is different from the rest of the group. (3 points)

    1. A. glorious B. bargain C. passenger                D. important
    2. A. migrate B. inhabit C. character                 D. diversity
    3. A. advance B. ancient C. cancer                     D. annual

     

    Part B :  LEXICAL AND GRAMMAR (45 points)

    1. Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each sentence. (15 points)
    2. ___________ from John, all the students said they would go.
    A. Except B. Only C. Apart D. Separate
    1. If you work for us, you’ll get somewhere to live _____ free.
    A. for B. at C. out D. of
    1. The new manager explained to the staff that she hoped to _____ new procedures to save time and money.
    A. manufacture B. establish C.  control D. restore
    1. They took pride _______ being the best players of the school.
    A. in B. with C. on D. for
    1. She’d prefer to go out ________ home.
    2. than to stay                        B. than staying
    3. rather than staying D. rather than stay
    4. They received _______ advice from their parents that they became successful.
    A. so good B. such a good C. so good an D. such good
    1. Have you got a car ________ ?
    A. of your own B. of yourself C. of you D. of your
    1. There is a fault at our television station. Please do not ______ your television set.
    A. change B. adjust C. repair D. switch
    1. If you want to attend the course, you must pass the ………………. examination.
    A. write B. written C. wrote D. writing
    1. Either Peter and his brothers _______ the keys to the car.
    A. has been taken B. has taken C. have taken D. have been taken
    1. We can tell you that we often have a friendly _______ in our class.
    A. atmosphere B. air C. matter D. impression
    1. These clothes are fashionable and _______ . Do you agree with me?
    A. only B. merely C. unique D. uniquely
    1. He _______ to have a very big fortune and a beautiful wife.
    A. rumors B. rumored C. has rumored D. was rumored
    1. Did you use to do a _______ when you were at the university.
    A. full-time job B. part-time C. full-time D. part-time job
    1. My house is just _______ . I live in the nearby neighborhood.
    A. near here B. near to C. near by D. near from
    1. Use the verbs in brackets in the correct tense or form (10 points)
    2. His brother ­­­________ (give) a car for his twentieth birthday next year.
    3. The house was very quiet when I got home. Everybody______ (go) to bed.
    4. Less than half of the cans of paint ______ (use) up to now.
    5. (Write)________ the letter, she put it carefully in an envelope.

    25 – 26. Can you imagine what I _______ (come) across when I _______ (roll) up the carpet yesterday.

    1. He talked as if he ______ (know) where she was.
    2. If you go to England, you’ll have to get used to ­­­­________ (drive) on the left.
    3. You may feel frightened when you are in a forest ­______ (surround) by tall trees.
    4. – You have just missed the bus. – All right. I _______ (walk).

     

    III. Supply the correct form of the word in capital letters. (10 points)

            There is one particular feeling which I find difficult to express. When I am (31)……………….….. about something, I say nothing. Once, for example, after I had bought a very (32)…………………..… jacket, I met a friend in a café who said that the jacket didn’t fit me very (33)………………… . I  was very (34)……………………  but I said nothing. I didn’t feel like continuing our (35)…………………….. My friend noticed my (36)…………………………. and asked me what was wrong. I couldn’t tell him the (37)………………..…….. . I began to feel rather (38)………………………and left without giving him an (39)……………………… Later I felt rather (40) ………………… of my behavior.      ANGER

         EXPENSE

         GOOD

         ANNOY

         CONVERSE

         SILENT

         TRUE

         EMBARRASS

         EXPLAIN

         SHAME

    1. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition (10 points)
    2. We both share a love ……………… music.
    3. Shall we go ……………. your car or mine?
    4. Why can’t you look at the problem…………… my point of view?
    5. We wish we had a father…………… yours.
    6. Vietnamese woman usually wear the Aodai, sometimes at work, and especially ……….. their special occasions.
    7. She’ll visit us as soon as she arrives ……….. Paris.
    8. Who’s the woman dressed…………. green.
    9. Peter is excited ………………… winning the prize.
    10. The boss has been ill …………………flu for the last week.
    11. This document is very important …………your case.

     

    Part C :  READING (25 points)

    1. Supply the most suitable word for each blank. (5 points)

    The (0) benefits of internet in our life has become certain. Yet, it still takes time for the internet to reach the countryside and remote (51……….) so I feel it a pity for me and my friends not to have (52………..) to it. I have an uncle in the city and I occasionally pay him a (53………..) at weekend, and this is a good chance for me to surf the net. I spend most of the time surfing webs and I find some really interesting for me. I wish my school could have access to the internet so that all students in my school could (54…………) their learning to keep their knowledge (55…………) .

    1. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to fill in the gaps in the following passage.(10 points)

    When I was a boy, children always objected to (56) …………. school uniform but teachers were keen on it because they said all of us looked (57) …………. . Otherwise, they said, children would complete with each other and the poorer children would be unhappy because people would see straight away (58) …………… In recent years, however, many schools have (59) …………….. the idea of making children wear uniform but, funnily enough, now that children can wear what they like, they have adopted  (60) …………. . When some journalists visited a (61) ………….. , they found that all the boys and girls were dressed     (62) ……………. jeans. One girl said she would rather (63) …………….. wear a coat instead of a jersey because no one wants to look different from the other children in the class. Parents may not be as happy about this as children, but they (64) …………… , because this new kind of uniform is one that the children like, not something they have been forced to wear, and it is also (65) …………… than school uniforms used to be.

    1. A. wearing B. dressing C. wear                        D. dress
    2. A. like B. to be like C. alike                        D. to be alike
    3. A. what poor they are B. what poor they were
    4. how poor they are D. how poor they were
    5. A. left over B. taken off C. put off                    D. given up
    6. A. an own uniform B. a uniform of their own
    7. a proper uniform D. a uniform of his own
    8. London school B. London’s school
    9. school of London                                 D. school at London
    10. A. on B. by C. in                            D. which
    11. A. to die than B. to die that C. die that                   D. die than
    12. A. ought B. should C. had                         D. would
    13. A. much more cheaper B. much more C. much cheaper D. more cheaper

    III. Read and answer the questions below. (5 points)

    The world’s oceans are so vast that they can cope with the present levels of pollution. However, little is known about the long-term effects of such slow poisoning. The most serious problem of modern time is that man is destroying the earth’s natural resources and transforming huge areas into waste land. As a result, it is becoming extremely difficult to grow enough to feed the world’s rapidly increasing population. A way of protecting all wild life on the earth must also be found as many species are in danger of disappearing completely from the face of the earth. The smoke in the atmosphere, for example, is increasing so much that the amount  of sunlight has been reduced in many cities. Man’s whole environment is being changed in a serious way.

    1. What is the process of making something dirty?
    2. Find a word or phrase from the passage with the same meaning as the air, water and land in which we live?
    3. What is the air surrounding the earth called?
    4. What could be best replaced wealth, goods or products people can use?
    5. What is a difficulty which needs attention and thought?
    6. Read the story carefully and choose the correct answer (5 points)

    Baby

    It was a beautiful spring day: the sun was shining, the sky was blue. In the centre of London a policeman cried. He saw a man with a big lion. They were walking down the street.

    “Hey, you!” he said. “What are you doing here with this lion? You can’t walk around the streets with a lion. Take it to the Zoo !”

    “OK, officer. I want to show Baby the town.”

    The man opened the door of his car and the lion jumped in. The car went away.

    The next day the police officer saw the same man and the same lion again.

    “Hey, you!” he said.” Come over here! And bring that lion with you!”

    The man took the lion to the police officer.

    “What’s the problem, officer?”

    “Problem? I told you yesterday to take the lion to the Zoo!”

    “Oh, I did, officer, I took Baby to the Zoo. He enjoyed it very much. But today, I am taking him to the swimming pool !”

    1. A. It wasn’t raining that day.
    2. A policeman saw a man with a dog in the centre of New York.
    3. The man and his pet were walking along the park.
    4. The man didn’t have a car.
    5. A. The lion couldn’t get into the car, the lion was too big.
    6. The policeman took the lion to the Zoo and put the lion into the cage.
    7. The man showed his pet the Zoo.
    8. The policeman was happy to see a man with a lion in the centre of London.
    9. A. The man had a baby. It was a nice girl of three.
    10. Baby was the lion’s name.
    11. The policeman told the man to show Baby the town.
    12. The lion visited the London Zoo.
    13. A. The man could drive a car.
    14. The lion didn’t like the Zoo at all.
    15. The policeman took the lion to the swimming pool.
    16. The policeman met people with lions in London streets every day.
    17. A. The lion was the man’s pet.
    18. The man had a baby lion as a pet.
    19. The policeman showed the park and the school to the lion.
    20. When the policeman saw the man with the lion he got very hungry.

    Part D : WRITING (25 points)

    1. Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. (10 points)
    2. 76. It’s not a good idea to travel during the rush hour.

    (It’s better to avoid

    1. People think that the owner of that house is abroad

    (The owner

    1. She didn’t know the way, so she asked a policeman.

    (Not

    1. The baby cries because the lion looks fierce.

    (The baby cries because of

    1. John only understood very little what the teacher said.

    (John could hardly

    1. I tried as hard as I could, but I just couldn’t get the money.

    (No matter

    1. As my grandmother grows older, she becomes more intolerant.

    (The older

    1. They suggested banning advertisements on TV.

    (They suggested that

    1. Mary wishes she had spoken her mind at the meeting.

    (Mary regretted

    1. Despite his intelligence, he doesn’t study well at school

    (Even

    1. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. (5 points)
    2. The job received over a hundred applications. (applied)

    (Over a hundred people………………………………………….the job.

    1. Our future is in your hands, my dear! (depends)

    (Our future ………………………………….. my dear!

    1. I’d rather you didn’t use the office phone. (mind)

    (Would you………………………..the office phone.

    1. I’m sorry I can’t give you all the expensive things in life. (wish)

    (I……………………………………….give you all the expensive things in life.

    1. If I were you, I’d try to get some sleep. (advise)

    (I ………………………………………… to try to get some sleep.

     

    III. Write a paragraph about 100 words on the important roles of computers (10 points)

    _________________ The End _______________

     

     

    Họ và tên thí sinh: ………………………..…………Số báo danh: ……………… Phòng thi:…………

    ĐỀ 5

    PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

          THÀNH PHỐ THANH HOÁ

    KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI

    CẤP THÀNH PHỐ NĂM HỌC: 2014 – 2015

     

    ĐÁP ÁN CHÍNH THỨC

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    Lớp 9 THCS

     

    Part A : PHONETICS (5points)

    I/ Choose  and write in your answer sheet the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest of the group. (2 points)

     1. C. timber 2. A. devotion

    II/ Choose  and write in your answer sheet the word whose stress pattern is different from the rest of the group. (3 points)

    1. D. important
    2. C. character
    3. A. advance

    Part B :  LEXICAL AND GRAMMAR (45 points)

    1. Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each sentence. (15 points)
    1. C. Apart
    2. A. for
    3. B. establish
    4. A. in
    5. D. rather than stay
    6. D. such good
    7. A. of your own
    8. B. adjust
    9. B. written
    10. C. have taken
    11. A. atmosphere
    12. C. unique
    13. D. was rumored
    14. D. part-time job
    15. A. near here

     

    1. Use the verbs in brackets in the correct tense or form (10 points)
    1. will be given
    2. had gone
    3. has been used
    4. Having written

    25-26. came – was rolling

    1. had known
    2. driving
    3. surrounded
    4. will walk

     

     

    III. Supply the correct form of the word in capital letters. (10 points)

    1. angry 32. expensive 33. well                       34. annoyed
    2. conversation 36. silence 37. truth                      38. embarrassed
    3. explanation 40. ashamed

     

    1. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition (10 points)
    1. for
    2. in
    3. from
    4. like
    5. on
    6. in
    7. in
    8. about
    9. with
    10. in

    Part C :  READING (25 points)

    1. Supply the most suitable word for each blank. (5 points)
    1. areas
    2. access
    3. visit
    4. improve
    5. updated

     

    1. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to fill in the gaps in the following passage.(10 points)
    1. wearing
    2. C. alike
    3. D. how poor they were
    4. D. given up
    5. B. a uniform of their own
    6. A. London school
    7. C. in
    8. D. die than
    9. B. should
    10. C. much cheaper

     

    III. Read and answer the questions below. (5 points)

    1. What is the process of making something dirty?

    – The process of making something dirty is pollution. / hoặc chỉ cần trả lời ngắn: pollution.

    1. Find a word or phrase from the passage with the same meaning as the air, water and land in which we live?

    – A word or phrase from the passage with the same meaning as the air, water and land we live is environment/ hoặc chỉ cần trả lời ngắn: environment

    1. What is the air surrounding the earth called?

    – The air surrounding the earth is called atmosphere./  atmosphere

    1. What could be best replaced wealth, goods or products people can use?

    – Resources could be best replaced wealth, goods or products people can use./  Resources/natural resources.

    1. What is a difficulty which needs attention and thought?

    – A difficulty which needs attention and thought is pollution. /  pollution.

    1. Read the story carefully and choose the correct answer (5 points)

    71- A               72- C               73- B               74- A               75- A

     

    Part D : WRITING (25 points)

    1. Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. (10 points)
    2. 76. It’s better to avoid traveling during the rush hour.
    3. The owner of that house is thought to be abroad.
    4. Not knowing the way, she asked a policeman
    5. The baby cries because of the fierceness of the lion. /because of the fact that….
    6. John could hardly understand what the teacher said.
    7. No matter how hard I tried, I just couldn’t get the money.
    8. The older my grandmother grows, the more intolerant she becomes.
    9. They suggested that advertisements on TV should be banned.
    10. Mary regretted not speaking her mind at the meeting./ not having spoken……
    11. Even though he is intelligent , he doesn’t study well at school.

     

    1. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. (5 points)
    2. applied for
    3. depends on you
    4. mind not using
    5. wish I could
    6. advise you

     

    III. Write a paragraph about 100 words on the important roles of computers (10 points)

    1. Format: (2 points)

    The paragraph should have 3 parts:

    1. Introduction: a topic sentence in which students should narrow down the roles of computers.
    2. Body: students should give advantages of computers.
    3. Conclusion (summary of the main advantages, students’ comment)
    4. Content : (5 points)

    Ss should give specific advantages of  computers.

    – Computers help people relax after a hard-working day by listening to music, playing game.

    – Computers can save information for a long time.

    – Computers help students do calculations quickly and accurately.

    – Computers connected to the Internet can provide interesting movies and help students study well.

    1. Language: (3 points) (grammatical accuracy, wide range of vocabularies and structures)

    ——

                                                                                       

     

    ĐỀ 6

    Së gi¸o dôc vµ ®µo t¹o

    h¶I d­¬ng

    ®Ò chÝnh thøc
    K× thi chän häc sinh giái tØnh

    Líp 10 THPT n¨m häc 2012 – 2013

    ——————

    M«n thi : TiÕng Anh

    Thêi gian lµm bµi: 180 phót

    (§Ò thi gåm  05  trang)

    Häc sinh lµm bµi vµo tê giÊy thi. PhÇn tr¾c nghiÖm: ChØ cÇn viÕt ch÷ c¸i A hoÆc B, C, D…

    PhÇn tù luËn : ViÕt ®Çy ®ñ theo yªu cÇu cña bµi.

    (ThÝ sinh kh«ng ®­îc sö dông bÊt cø tµi liÖu g×.)

    1. LISTENING (15 points)

    H­íng dÉn phÇn thi Nghe hiÓu: Bµi nghe gåm 2 phÇn, mçi phÇn thÝ sinh ®­îc nghe 2 lÇn. Më ®Çu vµ kÕt thóc mçi phÇn nghe cã tÝn hiÖu. Mäi h­íng dÉn cho thÝ sinh (b»ng tiÕng Anh) cã trong bµi nghe.

    Part 1. Listen to a conversation between an optometrist and a patient and fill in the form. Write no more than 3 words or numbers for each blank

    Patient record

     

    Time of appointment (1)…………………………..
    Given name Simon Anthony
    Family name (2)…………………………..
    Date of birth (3)………………………….., 1989
    Address (4)………………………….., Adam Terrace, Wellington
    Name of insurance company (5)…………………………..
    Date of last eye test September 2006
    Patient’s observations Problems: seeing the distance

    Part 2: 

    You are going to hear a travel agent discussing the holiday booking with 2 customers. Listen to their conversation and decide whether the statements are True (T), False (F) or Not given (NG)

    Statements T F NG
    6. They want to book a holiday for July
    7. They have decided where to go for the holiday.
    8. Both customers are free to travel in the first week.
    9. Last year, both of them visited France
    10. They would like to go to the mountains for skiing this year
    11. They don’t want to go to Italy because the dates don’t suit them.
    12. They don’t like to go to Sweden because there are no beaches
    13. It would be 385 pounds for them to visit Portugal.
    14. The customers prefer to visit Portugal by flight from London.
    15. The flight stops at Manchester on the way to Portugal.
    1. PHONETICS (5 points). Choose the word that has a different stress pattern from the others.
    2. A. community B. developing              C. conditioner             D. interested
    3. A. continue B. importance              C. different                 D. directed
    4. A. medicines B. opposite                   C. pollution                 D. capable
    5. A. preservation B. inspiration               C. disposable               D. popularity
    6. A. exhausted B. atmosphere              C. suspect                    D. computer
    7. GRAMMAR- VOCABULARY-LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS
    8. Choose the word, phrase or expression which best completes each sentence (15 points).
    9. Hoa: “Are you going to buy a new computer or just continue using the old one?”

    Mary: “_________”

    1. Yes, I am. B. Yes, I’d like one. Thank you.
    2. That’s impossible. I can’t afford a new one. D. Neither. I’m going to lease one.
    3. Mr. Black: “What a lovely house you have!”

    Mr John:  “_________”

    1. No problem B. Thank you. Hope you will drop in.
    2. Of course not, it’s not costly D. I think so.
    3. You have never been to Italy, ________?
    4. have you B. haven’t you            C. did you                   D. had you
    5. You can’t tell what someone is like just from their ________.
    6. character B. looking                   C. appearance              D. personality
    7. “How is it going?” – “________”
    8. By bike B. Not much                           C. It sounds better      D. Mustn’t grumble
    9. ________ a dentist, Mike is very concerned about having healthy teeth.
    10. Because B. He is                       C. As                           D. That he is
    11. ________, you need to achieve a score of 60% or more.
    12. To pass this test B. For being passed this test
    13. In order pass this test D. So that to pass this test
    14. As a famous person ________ many children admire, it is important for her to act responsibly.
    15. whose B. whom                     C. which                      D. when
    16. The brochure says that the hotel has a great ________ of the sea.
    17. appearance B. look                        C. sight                        D. view
    18. Our new coach is popular ________ the whole team.
    19. with B. to                            C. by                           D. for
    20. As soon as you ________ that, I’d like you to go to bed.
    21. have done B. did                                      C. will do                    D. will have done
    22. Margaret was slow at school, but she went on ________ Prime Minister.
    23. being B. to be                       C. having been            D. to have been
    24. In 1870, ________, John D. Rockefeller and others created the Standard Oil Company.
    25. in spite of oil prices fluctuated B. despite fluctuating oil prices
    26. but the oil prices fluctuated D. oil prices were fluctuating
    27. They’re staying in rented accommodation for the time ________.
    28. going B. making                    C. doing                      D. being
    29. “I have an idea. Let’s go for a swim on Sunday afternoon”. – “________”
    30. OK, what time? B. You’re kidding    C. I know                    D. I’m sure
    31. Give the correct form of the words in brackets (10 points).
    32. We found it ____________ (thrill) to your wonderful news.
    33. He left the room without any ____________ (explain).
    34. He didn’t feel happy because he worked ____________ (success).
    35. Many people expressed ____________ (disagree) with the whole idea.
    36. There was a ____________ (wide) dissatisfaction with the government’s policies.
    37. Her health has ____________ (bad) considerably since we last saw her.
    38. A lot of plants and animals could be used as medicines against cancer, AIDS, heart diseases and other ____________ (sick).
    39. He was ____________ (information) of the consequences in advance.
    40. I was kept ____________ (wake) last night by the noise from a party in the flat above.
    41. This road is so bad that it needs ____________ (surface).

    III. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting (5 points).

    1. Last week unless my mother had had enough money, she would have bought that toy for me.

    A                             B               C                                  D

    1. It often takes me about fifteen minutes to go to work from here by foot.

    A                         B                     C                                    D

    1. Those people say that it is such polluted air that they can’t breath, don’t they?

    A                    B                                    C                 D

    1. It is noisy enough in this room, so I would rather you stop shouting like that.

    A                                     B        C                      D

    1. Dr. Roberts, the first woman to be elected president of the university, is intelligent, capable and

    A                                            B

    awareness of the problem to be solved.

    C                                           D

    1. READING
    2. There are 5 blanks in the passage below. From the words given in the box, choose the most suitable for each blank. There are more words than blanks, so you don’t need all of them. (5 points).
     A. terrible           B. size            C. hope

    D. wrong             E. loose         F. problem           G. want

    Choosing clothes can be difficult. Some people (51)________ to be fashionable, but they don’t want to look exactly like everybody else. Not all clothes are suitable for work or school, perhaps because they are not formal enough, or simply not comfortable. It is easy to buy the (52)_________ size, and find that your trousers are too tight, especially if you are a little bit overweight. Very (53)________ clothes make you feel slim, but when they have shrunk in the washing machine, then you have the same (54)________! If you buy light cotton clothes, then they might not be warm enough for winter. If your shoes are not tight, and if you aren’t dressed for the cold, you might look good, but feel (55)________!

    1. Read the following passage and decide which option A, B, C or D best fits each space.

    (10 points)

    Schools in the United States have not always had a large number of libraries. As (56)________as 1958 about half of the public schools in the United States had no libraries at all. The number of public school libraries increased dramatically (57)_______ the federal government passed the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, ( 58)_______ provided funds for school districts to improve their education programs and facilities, including their libraries. (59) ________, many educators claim that since the legislation was passed federal spending has not increased sufficiently to meet the rising (60)______ of new library technologies such as computer databases and Internet access.

    Because the federal government provides only limited funds to schools, individual school districts (61) ­­­_______ on funds from local property taxes to meet the vast majority of public school expenses. Therefore, the libraries of the public schools tend to reflect the (62) ______ capabilities of the communities in which they are located. Districts in wealthy suburbs often have fully staffed libraries (63) _______ abundant resources, spacious facilities, and curricular and instructional support. In (64) ______, school districts in many poor areas house their libraries in ordinary classrooms or in small rooms. The libraries in such areas are generally staffed by volunteers, who organize and (65) ______ books that are often out-of-date, irrelevant, or damaged.

    56. A. freshly

    57. A. though

    58. A. that

    59. A. Nevertheless

    60. A. fine

    61. A. go

    62. A. educational

    63. A. for

    64. A. country

    65. A. attain

    B. recently

    B.  with

    B. who

    B. Therefore

    B. fee

    B. come

    B. economical

    B. with

    B. converse

    B. obtain

    C. frequently

    C. during

    C. which

    C. Consequently

    C. cost

    C. rely

    C. political

    C. on

    C. contrast

    C. contain

    D. newly

    D. when

    D. this

    D. Otherwise

    D. sum

    D. stay

    D. financial

    D. by

    D. conflict

    D. maintain

    III. Read the passage and choose the correct answer  A, B, C or D(10 points).

    Before the mid-nineteenth century, people in the United States ate most foods only in season. Drying, smoking and salting could preserve meat for a short time, but the availability of fresh meat, like that of fresh milk, was very limited; there was no way to prevent spoilage. But in 1810, a French inventor named Nicolas Appert developed the cooking-and-sealing process of canning. And in the 1850’s an American named Gail Borden developed a means of condensing and preserving milk. Canned goods and condensed milk became more common during the 1860’s, but supplies remained low because cans had to be made by hand. By 1880, however, inventors had fashioned stamping and soldering machines that mass-produced cans from tinplate. Suddenly all kinds of food could be preserved and bought at all times of the year.

    Other trends and inventions had also helped make it possible for Americans to vary their daily diets. Growing urban population created demand that encouraged fruit and vegetable farmers  to raise more produce. Railroad refrigerator cars enabled growers and meat packers to ship perishables great distances and to preserve them for longer periods. Thus, by the 1890’s, northern city dwellers could enjoy southern and western strawberries, grapes, and tomatoes, previously available for a month at most, for up to six months of the year. In addition, increased use of iceboxes enabled families to store perishables. As easy means of producing ice commercially had been invented in the 1870’s, and by 1900 the nation had more than two thousand commercial ice plants, most of which made home deliveries. The icebox became a fixture in most homes and remained so until the mechanized refrigerator replaced it in the 1920’s and 1930’s.

    Almost everyone now had a more diversified diet. Some people continued to eat mainly foods that were heavily in starches or carbohydrates, and not everyone could afford meat. Nevertheless, many families could take advantage of previously unavailable fruits, vegetables, and dairy products to achieve more varied fare.

    1. What does the passage mainly discuss?
    2. Causes of food spoilage
    3. Commercial production of ice
    4. Population movements in the nineteenth century
    5. Inventions that led to changes in the American diet
    6. The phrase “in season” in line 1 refers to
    7. a particular time of year B. a kind of weather
    8. an official schedule D. a method of flavoring
    9. During the 1860’s, canned food products were
    10. unavailable in rural areas B. available in limited quantities
    11. shipped in refrigerator cars D. a staple part of the American diet.
    12. It can be inferred that railroad refrigerator cars came into use
    13. before 1860 B. before 1890            C. after 1900               D. after 1920
    14. The word” them” in line 13 refers to
    15. refrigerator cars B.growers             C. perishables               D. distances.
    16. The word” fixture” in line 18 is closest in meaning to
    17. commonplace object B. substance            C. luxury item               D. mechanical device

    72.The author implies that in the 1920’s and 1930’s home deliveries of ice

    1. increased in cost                                          B. occurred only in the summer
    2. decreased in number D. were on an irregular schedule
    3. The word “ Nevertheless” in line 21 is closest meaning to
    4. occasionally             B. however                   C. therefore                           D. because
    5. Which of the following types of food preservation was NOT mentioned in the passage?
    6. Drying B. Chemical additives   C. Canning               D. Cold storage
    7. Which of the following statements is supported by the passage?
    8. Most farmers in the United States raised only fruits and vegetables.
    9. People who lived in cities demanded home delivery of foods.
    10. Tin cans and iceboxes helped to make many foods more widely available.
    11. Commercial ice factories were developed by railroad owners
    12. Writing
    13. I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentences printed before. (5 points)
    14. Having nothing else to do, we decided to go for a walk.

    – Since……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. She was not only bad-tempered but also very lazy.

    – As well …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. “ Nothing will persuade me to apply for that kind of job.” She said.

    _ She flatly………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. The school I studied at last year was better than this one.

    – This school isn’t……………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. You must leave now, or you’ll miss the bus.

    – You’ll miss……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Use the suggested words and phrases to write complete sentences of a letter. (10 points)

    Dear Sir or Madam.

    1. I/ write/ complain/ hair drier/ buy/ your shop/ last Saturday/ and/ treatment/ I receive/ when/ I try/ return/ a few days later.

    82.I buy/ hair drier/ Wednesday,  November 22nd.

    1. first time/ try/ use/ handle become/ extremely hot/ and within a few minutes/ part/ plastic casing/ begin/ melt.
    2. I turn/ off/ immediately/ return/ with/ receipt/ your shop/ Saturday.
    3. I explain/ situation/ one/ assistants/ ask/ money back/ but / be told/ speak/ you.
    4. Unfortunately you/ not available/ that day/ I/ write instead.
    5. I enclose/ hair drier/ copy of/ original receipt.
    6. Please send/ full fund/ soon/ possible.

    Yours faithfully,

    III. Write a paragraph of about 120 words on the following topic: ( 10 points)

    What club do you want to be founded in your school? Why?

     

    HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ THI HỌC SINH GIỎI  LỚP 10

    Môn tiếng Anh

     

    1. A. LISTENING: ( 15 points) ( 1 point for each correct answer)

    Part 1.

    1. 10 am 2. Lee 3. June 1st   4. University Hall    5. Health for Life

    Part 2:

    1. T 7. F 8. F    9. T    10. NG    11. T    12. NG   13. T    14. F    15. NG
    1. PHONETICS: ( 5 points) ( 1 point for each correct answer)
    2. D 17. C 18. C      19. C     20. B
    1. GRAMMAR – VOCABULARY – LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS.
    2. I. Choose the word, phrases or expression which best completes each sentence. ( 15 points)

                                           ( 1 point for each correct answer)

    1. D 22. B 23. A     24. C     25. D       26. A     27. A     28.B
    2. D 30.A 31. A     32. B       33. B      34. D     35.A
    1. Give the correct form of the words in brackets. (10 points)

    (1 point for each correct answer)

    1. THRILLING
    2. EXPLANATION
    3. UNSUCCESSFULLY
    4. DISAGREEMENTS
    5. WIDESPREAD
    6. WORSENED
    7. SICKNESSES
    8. INFORMED
    9. AWAKE
    10. RESURFACING

    III. Choose the underlined word or phrases in each sentence that needs correcting. ( 5 points)

    (1 point for each correct answer)

    46.A         47. D           48. C        49. D          50.C

    1. READING:
    2. There are 5 blanks in the passage below. From the words given in the box, choose the most suitable for each blank. There are more words than blanks, so you don’t need all of them. ( 5 points) (1 point for each correct answer)
    3. G 52.D 53.E             54.F               55.A
    4. Read the following passage and decide which option A, B, C or D best fits each space. ( 10 points)

                                   (1 point for each correct answer)

    1. B 57. D 58. C       59. A       60. C
    2. C 62. D           63. B      64. C       65. D

    III. Read the passage and choose the correct answer. ( 10 points)

       (1 point for each correct answer)

    66.D     67. A        68. B      69.B     70.C        71.A       72.C      73.B   74.B  75.C

    1. WRITING.
    2. I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it. ( 5 points).

    ( 1 point for each correct answer)

    1. Since we had nothing else to do, we decided to go for a walk.

    Or  (Since we didn’t have anything else to do, we decided to go for a walk.)

    1. As well as being bad-tempered, she’s very lazy.
    2. She flatly refused to apply for that kind of job.
    3. This school isn’t as/so good as the one ( that/which) I studied at last year.

    Or (This school isn’t as/so good as the one at which/ where I studied last year.)

    1. You’ll miss the bus if you don’t leave now.

    Or (You’ll miss the bus unless  you leave now.)

    1. Use the words or phrases suggested to write full sentences to make a letter. ( 10 points)

    Dear Sir or Madam.

    1. I am writing to complain about the/a hair drier (0.5)( which/that I) bought in your shop last Saturday(0.5) and the treatment (which/that) I received (0.5)when trying/I tried to return it a few days later.(0.5)
    2. I bought the hair drier(0.5) on Wednesday, November 22nd.(0.5)
    3. The first time I tried to use it,(0.5) the handle became extremely hot (0.5)and within a few minutes part of the plastic casing began to melt.(0.5)
    4. I turned it off immediately (0.5)and returned it with the receipt to your shop on Saturday.(0.5)
    5. I explained the situation to one of the/ your assistants (0.5)and asked for my/the money back(0.5) but I was told (that I had) to speak to you.(0.5)
    6. Unfortunately, you were not available that day,(0.5) so I am writing instead.(0.5)
    7. I enclose the hair drier(0.5) and a/the copy of the original receipt.(0.5)
    8. Please send me a full refund (0.5) as soon as possible (0.5)

    Yours faithfully.

    III. Write a paragraph of about 120 words on the following topic. ( 10p)

    Gîi ý phÇn cho ®iÓm chi tiÕt nh­ sau:

    1. Form: (paragraph) (1 point) (§o¹n v¨n kh«ng xuèng dßng – §ñ sè tõ )
    2. Content: (4 points )

    Good topic sentence (0.5 p) and appropriate supporting ideas (3.5 points)

    1. Language: (5 pts)

    + Appropriate vocabulary (1.5p)

    + Suitable connectors (0.5)

    + Correct grammar (2.5 p)

    + Punctuating/ Spelling (0.5p)

     

    ĐỀ 7

    SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

    HÀ TĨNH

    đỀ chính thỨc

    —————–

    KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI TỈNH CẤP THPT

    Năm HỌC 2012 – 2013

    Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH 11

    Thời gian làm bài: 180 phút

    (Đề thi có 10 trang)

       Ÿ Thí sinh không sử dụng bất kể tài liệu nào, kể cả từ điển.
       Ÿ                                                        Thí sinh làm bài trực tiếp vào đề thi, ghi câu trả lời vào các chổ trống hoặc các ô cho sẵn.
       Ÿ                                    Riêng phần trắc nghiệm thí sinh chỉ ghi đáp án A, B, C hoặc D.
       Ÿ                 Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm.

     

    Điểm của toàn bài thi Các giám khảo Số phách
    (Bằng số) (Bằng chữ) (Ký và ghi rõ họ tên) (Do Trưởng Ban chấm thi ghi)
    Giám khảo 1:
    Giám khảo 2:

     

    1. LISTENING

    HƯỚNG DẪN PHẦN THI NGHE HIỂU.

    Ÿ Bài nghe gồm 3 phần, mỗi phần được nghe 2 lần, mỗi lần cách nhau 15 giây, mở đầu và kết thúc mỗi phần nghe có tín hiệu.

    Ÿ Mọi hướng dẫn cho thí sinh (bằng Tiếng Anh)  đã có trong bài nghe.

     

    Part 1: For questions 1-10, listen to a conversation and fill in the blank with the missing information. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS and /or A NUMBER for each answer in the spaces provided.

     

    Silver Owl Campsite, Booking Form

    Ÿ Reference:    (1) ______________________

    Ÿ Name of school:  (2) ______________________ High School

    Ÿ Number in Group:  22

    Ÿ Arrival: Friday, 22nd  (3) ______________________

    Ÿ Accommodation:   (4)  5 x 5-person ______________________

    Ÿ Facilities:    (5) ______________________ and pool

    Equipment:   5 bicycles

    5 space hoppers

    Ÿ                   (6) 10 ______________________

    Ÿ Contact name: Sarah (7) ______________________

    Ÿ Phone number: (mobile) (8) ______________________

    Phone number: (eve) 02380 482 652

    Email address: [email protected]

    Ÿ Address: 76-78 (9) ______________________ Terrace, Southampton

    Method of payment: school credit card

    Ÿ Card number (if applicable): (10) ______________________

    Part 2: For questions 1-5, listen to a news reporter called Angela Bond, talking on the radio about her job and choose the best answer(A, B or C) according to what you hear. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes.

     

    1. Where is Angela working at the moment?
    A. Britain B. the USA C. Asia
    1. Angela likes her job because she ___________
    2. loves being in dangerous situations.
    3. never knows where she’ll go next.
    4. enjoys watching important events happen.
    5. What did Angela bring home from Hong Kong?
    A. pictures B. carpets C. furniture
    1. Where did Angela meet her boy friend?
    A. at her sister’s house B. at university C. in Hong Kong
    1. What does Angela do to relax?
    A. She cooks a meal B. She goes sailing C. She goes shopping

     

    Your answers:

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

    Part 3: For questions 1-10, listen to an interview with a woman called Grace Conolly who is talking about her travel experiences in New Zealand and fill in the blank with the missing information. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer in the spaces provided.

    New Zealand Journey

    Ÿ Grave travelled around south Island on something called (1) _______________________

    Ÿ The first part of Grace’s journey took her along the (2) ________________________ coast of the island.

    Ÿ When Grace took a day trip to a place called Kaikoura, she particularly wanted to see (3) ____________________

    Ÿ Grace has kept in touch with a friend from (4)________________________ since she returned home.

    Ÿ Grace took her own (5)_______________________ to New Zealand, so didn’t need to hire one.

    Ÿ The best part of the trip for grace was jet-boating on the Buller River with a company called (6) ___________________.

    Ÿ Grace had to visit a hospital because she injured her (7)  __________________________.

    Ÿ At a market, Grace bought a (8)  __________________________ to take home.

    Ÿ The name of the hostel that Grace particularly recommends is the (9)  ___________________________.

    Ÿ Grace plans to go (10)  ___________________________ with friends when she next visits North Island.

     

    1. LEXICO-GRAMMAR

     

    Part 1Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence. Write your answer A, B, C or D in the numbered boxes.

    1. ___________ the weather forecast, it will rain heavily later this morning.
    A. On account of B. According to C. Because of D. Due to
    1. I read the contract again and again __________ avoiding making spelling mistakes.
    A. in view of B. in terms of C. with a view to D. by means of
    1. It’s a shame they didn’t pick you up, but it doesn’t _______ out the possibility that you might get a job in a different department.
    A. strike B. cancel C. draw D. rule
    1. I reckon Mark is ________ of a nervous breakdown.
    A. in charge B. under suspicion C. on the verge D. indicative
    1. Many local authorities realize there is a need to make _______ for disabled people in their housing programmes.
    A. assitance B. conditions C. admittance D. provision
    1. It turned out that we _________ rushed to the airport as the plane was delayed by several hours.
    A. hadn’t B. should have C. mustn’t have D. needn’t have
    1. All three TV channels provide extensive _________ of sporting events.
    A. coverage B. vision C. broadcast D. network
    1. No matter how angry he was, he would never ________ to violence.
    A. resolve B. recourse C. exert D. resort
    1. ________ as a masterpiece, a work of art must transcend the ideals of the period in which it was created.
    A. Ranking B. To be ranked C. Being ranked D. In order to be ranking
    1. _________, the people who come to this club are in their twenties and thirties.
    A. By and large B. All together C. To a degree D. Virtually
    1. I am afraid that you have _________ the deadline, so we can’t take your application into account.
    A. missed B. met C. delayed D. put off
    1. The main aim of the campaign is to raise _______ of the issues involved.
    A. knowledge B. awareness C. attention D. acquaintance
    1. After so many years, it is great to see him _________ his ambitions.
    A. get B. realise C. possess D. deserve
    1. It was confirmed that the accident was caused by human ________.
    A. error B. slip C. fault D. blunder
    1. The roadworks made ________ to the hotel from the main road difficult.
    A. entrance B. approach C. access D. ways in

     

    Your answers:

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
    6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
    11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

     

    Part 2: Write the correct FORM of each bracketed word in the numbered space provided in the column on the right. (0) has been done as an example.

     

    The origins of Halloween

    Halloween is celebrated in many parts of the (0)________ (WEST) world, and is a time when people dress up as witches or ghosts, and go “trick-or treating”. It is (1) _________ (DOUBT) one of the most popular traditions in the United States and Britain.

    The celebration (2) _________(ORIGIN) about two thousand years ago with the Celts. These people were the (3) ________ (INHABIT) of an area that includes Britain, Ireland and Brittany. They relied on the land for their (4) _______ (LIVE),  and this meant that they were at the mercy of (5) ________ (PREDICT) weather conditions, especially during the winter.

    The Celtic new year began on 1st November, which also marked the beginning of winter, a period (6) _________ (TRADITION) associated with death. On the eve of the new year, it was believed that the barriers between the worlds of the living and the dead were (7) ________ (TEMPORARY) withdrawn, and it was possible to communicate with spirits. The Celts believed that the spirits offered them (8) ________ (GUIDE) and protection, and the Druids (Celtic priests) were (9) _________ (REPUTE) able to predict the future on this point.

    When the Roman completed their (10) ________ (CONQUER) of Celtic lands, they added their own flavour to this festival. The advent of Christianity brought about yet other changes.

    0.____ western _____

    1. _________________

    2. _________________

    3. _________________

    4. _________________

    5. _________________

    6. _________________

    7. _________________

    8. _________________

    9. _________________

    10. ________________

     

    Part 3: The passage below contains 10 mistakes. UNDERLINE the mistake and WRITE THEIR CORECT FORMS in the space provided in the column on the right. (0) has been done as an example.

    The horse and carriage is a thing of the past,  but love and marriage are still with us and still closely interrelating. Most American marriages, particular first marriages uniting young people, are the result of mutual attraction and affection rather with practical considerations.

    In the United States, parents do not arrange marriages for their children. Teenagers begin date in high school and usually find mates through their own academic and social contacts. Though young people feel free to choose their friends from different groups, almost choose a mate of similar background. This is due partly to parental guidance. Parents cannot select spouses for their children, but they can usually influence choices by voicing disapproval for someone they consider suitable.

    However, marriages of members of different groups (interclass, interfaith, and interracial marriages) are increasing, probably because of the greater mobile of today’s youth and the fact that they are restricted by fewer prejudices as their parents. Many young people leave their hometowns to attend college, serve in armed forces, or pursue a career in a bigger city. One away from home and family, they are more likely to date and marry outside their own social group.

    0. __ interrelated ____

    1. ________________

    2. _________________

    3. _________________

    4.__________________

    5. _________________

    6. _________________

    7. _________________

    8. _________________

    9. _________________

    10._________________

     

    Part 4: Fill in the gaps in the following sentences with suitable particles. Write your answers in the

    corresponding numbered boxes. (0) has been done as an example.

    1. Could you deal ________ this problem. I’m rather busy.
    2. The Minister is also implicated __________ the scandal.
    3. Irrespective _________ the poor weather conditions the search for the missing child was continued.
    4. I have been using her computer ever since she placed it __________ my disposal.
    5. I met him at the party and he asked __________ you.
    6. You can’t miss him. That haircut makes him stand ___________ in a crowd.

    Your answers:

     

    0. with 1. 2.
    3. 4. 5.

     

    Part 5: Complete each sentence with a correct phrasal verb from the box. Write your answers in the numbered boxes. Each phrasal verb is used only once.

    put down come out see off set about work out
    stand for step up track down turn down make up for
    1. The managing director __________ the company’s poor performance to high interest rates.
    2. The police were able to __________ the car thieves using satellite technology.
    3. This is a sensitive matter, and we have to __________ dealing with it very carefully.
    4. David’s new album is expected to ___________ at the end of the year.
    5. I hope this award will ____________ your disappointment at not winning the first prize.
    6. The company has decided to ___________ production of cars at its factory in Hull.
    7. You might need a calculator to __________ this problem.
    8. Claire decided to __________ the job, because it would have meant more travelling.
    9. Our maths teacher simply won’t _________ any talking in class.
    10. Helen is going to the airport to _________ some friends.

     

    Your answers:

     

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
    6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

    III. READING

     

    Part 1: Read the following passage and decide which answer (A, B, C, or D) best fits each gap. Write your answer in the numbered boxes.

    The Mysterious Isle

    In the early morning of 23 January, 2009, the most powerful storm for a decade hit western France. With wind speeds in (1) ________ of 120 miles per hour, it flattened forests, (2) ________ down power lines and caused massive destruction to buildings and roads. But it also left behind an extraordinary creation. Seven miles out to sea at the (3) ________ where the Atlantic Ocean meets the estuary of the River Gironde, a small island had (4) _________ out of water. Locals soon gave it the name The Mysterious Isle. What was so remarkable, (5) ________ its sudden apparition, was the fact that the island (6) _________ intact in what is often quite a hostile sea environment. It could well become a permanent feature.

    Scientists (7) ________ realised that the island’s appearance (8) ________ a unique opportunity to study the creation and development of a new ecosystem. Within months, it had been colonised by seabirds, insects and vegetation. Unfortunately, however, they were not alone in (9) ________ the island attractive. It became increasingly difficult to (10) ________ the site from human visitors. In its first year, day trippers came in powered dinghies, a parachute club used it as a landing strip, a rave party was even held there one night.

    1. A. surplus B. advance C. excess D. put
    2. A. fetched B. brought C. carried D. sent
    3. A. scene B. mark C. stage D. point
    4. A. risen B. growth C. lifted D. surfaced
    5. A. in spite of B. instead of C. apart from D. on account of
    6. A. prolonged B. remained C. resided D. preserved
    7 A. quickly B. briskly C. hastily D. speedily
    8. A. delivered B. awarded C. proposed D. offered
    9. A. regarding B. finding C. seeking D. deciding
    10. A. prevent B. preserve C. protect D. prohibit

    Your answers:

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
    6. 7. 8. 9. 10

     

    Part 2: Fill each of the following numbered blanks with ONE suitable word and write your answers in the

                corresponding boxes provided below the passage.

     

    Enjoy the benefits of stress!

     

    Are you looking forward to another busy week? You should be according to some experts. They argue that the stress encountered in our daily lives is not only good for us, but essential to survival. They say that the response to (1) _________, which creates a chemical called adrenal in, helps the mind and body to act quickly (2) ___________ emergencies. Animals and human beings use it to meet the hostile conditions which exist on the planet.

    Whilst nobody denies the pressures of everyday life, what is surprising is that we are yet to develop successful ways of dealing with them. (3) ________ the experts consider the current strategies to be inadequate and often dangerous. They believe that (4) ________ of trying to manage our response to stress with drugs or relaxation techniques, we must exploit it. Apparently, research shows that people (5) ________ create conditions of stress for (6) _______ by doing exciting and risky sports or looking for challenges, cope much better with life’s problems. Activities of this type have been shown to create a lot of emotion; people may actually cry or feel extremely uncomfortable. But there is a point (7) _________ which they realise they have succeeded and know that it was a positive experience. This is because we learn through challenge and difficulty. That’s (8) _________ we get our wisdom. Few of us, unfortunately, understand this fact. For example, many people believe they (9) _________ from stress at work, and take time off as a result. Yet it has been found in some companies that by far (10) __________ healthiest people are those with the most responsibility. So next time you’re in a stressful situation, just remember that it will be a positive learning experience and could also benefit your health!

     

    Your answers:

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
    6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

     

    Part 3: Read the following passage. For question 1-5, choose the best answer (A, B, C, or D). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes.

     

    Day after day we hear about how anthropogenic development is causing global warming. According to an increasingly vocal minority, however, we should be asking ourselves how much of this is media hype and how much is based on real evidence. It seems, as so often is the case, that it depends on which expert you listen to, or which statistics you study.

    Yes, it is true that there is a mass of evidence to indicate that the world is getting warmer, with one of the world’s leading weather predictors stating that air temperatures have shown an increase of just under half a degree Celsius since the beginning of the twentieth century. And while this may not sound like anything worth losing sleep over the international press would have us believe that the consequences could be devastating. Other experts, however, are of the opinion that what we are seeing is just part of a natural upward and downward swing that has always been part of the cycle of global weather. An analysis of the views of major meteorologists in the United States showed that less than 20% of them believed that any change in temperature over the last hundred years was our own fault-the rest attributed it to natural cyclical changes.

    There is, of course, no denying that we are still at a very early stage in understanding weather. The effects of such variables as rainfall, cloud formation, the seas and oceans, gases such as methane and ozone, or even solar energy are still not really understood, and therefore the predictions that we make using them cannot always be relied on. Dr. James Hansen, in 1988, was predicting that the likely effects of global warming would be a raising of world temperature which would have disastrous consequences for mankind: “a strong cause and effect relationship between the current climate and human alteration of the atmosphere”. He has now gone on record as stating that using artificial models of climate as a way of predicting change is all but impossible. In fact, he now believes that, rather than getting hotter, our planet is getting greener as a result of the carbon dioxide increase, with the prospect of increasing vegetation in areas which in recent history have been frozen wastelands.

    In fact. there is some evidence to suggest that as our computer-based weather models have become more sophisticated, the predicted rises in temperature have been cut back. In addition, if we look at the much reported rise in global temperature over the last century, a close analysis reveals that the lion’s share of that increase, almost three quarters in total, occurred before man began to ‘poison’ his world with industrial processes and the accompanying greenhouse gas emissions in the second half of the twentieth century.

    So should we pay any attention to those stories that scream out at us from billboards and television news headlines, claiming that man, with his inexhaustible dependence on oil-based machinery and ever more sophisticated forms of transport is creating a nightmare level of ‘greenhouse gas emissions, poisoning his environment and ripping open the ozone layer? Doubters point to scientific evidence. which can prove that, of all the greenhouse gases, only two percent come from man-made sources, the rest resulting from natural emissions.

    Who, then, to believe: the environmentalist exhorting us to leave the car at home, to buy re-usable products packaged in recycled paper and to plant trees in our back yard? Or the sceptics, including, of course, a lot of big businesses who have most to lose, when they tell us that we are making a mountain out of a molehill? And my own opinion? The jury’s still out as far as I am concerned!

    1. The author __________
    2. believe that man is causing global warming.
    3. believes that global warming is a natural process.
    4. is sure what the causes of global warming are.
    5. does not say what he believes the causes of global warming are.
    1. As to the cause of global warming, the author believes that _________
    2. occasionally the facts depend on who you are talking to.
    3. the facts always depend on who you are talking to.
    4. often the facts depend on which expert you listen to.
    5. you should not speak to experts.
    1. More than 80% of the top meteorologists in the United States are of the opinion that _________
    2. global warming should make us lose sleep.
    3. global warming is not the result of natural cyclical changes but man-made.
    4. the consequences of global warming will be devastating.
    5. global warming is not man-made, but the result of natural cyclical changes.
    1. Our understanding of weather __________
    2. leads to reliable predictions.
    3. is variable.
    4. cannot be denied.
    5. is not very developed yet.
    1. Currently, Dr James Hansen’s beliefs include the fact that _________
    2. it is nearly impossible to predict weather change using artificial models.
    3. the consequences of global warming would be disastrous for mankind.
    4. there is a significant link between the climate now, and man’s changing of the atmosphere.
    5. Earth is getting colder.

    Your answers:

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

    For questions 6-10, write in the corresponding numbered boxes with YES, NO, or  NOT GIVEN:

    Yes                  if the statement agrees with the information in the passage

    No                   if the statement contradicts the information in the passage

    Not given        if there is no information about the statement in the passage.

     

    1. At the same time that computer-based weather models have become more sophisticated, weather forecasters have become more expert.
    2. Most of the increase in global temperature happened in the second half of the twentieth century.
    3. The media wants us to blame ourselves for global warming.
    4. The media encourages the public to use environmentally friendly vehicles, such as electric cars to combat global warming.
    5. Many big businesses are on the side of the sceptics as regards the cause of global warming.

    Your answers:

    6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

     

    1. WRITING

    Part 1:   Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence before it.

    1. Although Mary was exhausted, she agreed to join in the activity.

    → Exhausted …………………………………………………………………………………………

    2. We’ll let you know as soon as we have received the information.

    → The  …………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    3. You can only really master a language if you use it regularly.

    → Only by ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

    4.  It’s nobody’s fault that the match was cancelled.

    → Nobody is to  …………………………………………………………………………………….

    5. I don’t intend to apologise to either of them..

    → I have no …………………………………………………………………………………………….

     

    Part 2: Use the word given in brackets and make any necessary additions to write a new sentence in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence. Do NOT change the form of the given word. You must use between three and six words, including the word given. (0) has been done as an example.

    1.        Fiona refused to wear her old dress. (not)

    Fiona said that  ________ she would not wear ________  her old dress.

    1. As long as he could see, Kevin really didn’t mind where he sat in the stadium.     (difference)

    →  As long as he could see , ____________________________________ where he sat in the stadium.

    2. Somebody should have told us that the date had been changed.         (informed)

    → We should ___________________________________ the change of the date.

    3. Jane’s family persuaded her to enter the competition.          (talked)

    → Jane  was ____________________________________ the competition by her family.

    4.  We never imagined that Julian might be planning to resign from his job.        (occurred)

    → It never __________________________________ Julian might be planning to resign from his job.

    5. Sally was all ready to leave the office when her boss asked her to type up a report         (point)

    → Sally was ____________________­­­­­­­­­_________­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­___ the office when her boss asked her to type up a report.

     

    Part 3: Write an essay of about 250 words on the following topic:

    “The widespread use of the Internet has brought many problems. What do you think are the main problems associated with the use of the web? What solutions can you suggest”?

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    ĐỀ 8

     

    SỞ GIÁO DỤC – ĐÀO TẠO           ĐÁP ÁN VÀ BIỂU ĐIỂM KỲ THI HSG TỈNH

    HÀ TĨNH                                                  Năm HỌC 2012 – 2013

                                                                            MôN: TIẾNG ANH 11

     

    TỔNG ĐIỂM TOÀN BÀI: (20 điểm)

     

    1. LISTENING (3 điểm)

    Part 1: (10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    1. RHS3977X 2. Radcliffe 3. August 4. caravan(s) 5. showers
    6. tennis rackets 7. Winter 8.  07892 334821 9. London 10.  5438900 67521

    Part 2:(5 câu x 0,1 = 0,5 điểm)

    1. A 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. B

     

    Part 3:(10 câu x 0,1 = 1 điểm)

    1. (the) green bus 2. west 3. (the) dolphins 4. Japan 5. bike / bicycle
    6. Adventure Tours 7. foot 8. (wooden) mask 9. Lakeside 10. walking

     

    1. LEXICO-GRAMMAR. (7,5 điểm)

    Part 1.(15 câu x 0,15 = 2,25 điểm)

    1. B 2. C 3. D 4. C 5. D
    6. D 7. A 8. D 9. B 10. A
    11. A 12. B 13. B 14. A 15. C

     

    Part 2: ( 10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    1. undoubtedly 2. originated 3. inhabitants 4. livelihood 5. unpredictable
    6. traditionally 7. temporarily 8. guidance 9. reputedly 10. conquest

     

    Part 3: ( 10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    The horse and carriage is a thing of the past,  but love and marriage are still with us and still closely interrelating. Most American marriages, particular first marriages uniting young people, are the result of mutual attraction and affection rather with practical considerations.

    In the United States, parents do not arrange marriages for their children. Teenagers begin date in high school and usually find mates through their own academic and social contacts. Though young people feel free to choose their friends from different groups, almost choose a mate of similar background. This is due partly to parental guidance. Parents cannot select spouses for their children, but they can usually influence choices by voicing disapproval for someone they consider suitable.

    However, marriages of members of different groups (interclass, interfaith, and interracial marriages) are increasing, probably because of the greater mobile of today’s youth and the fact that they are restricted by fewer prejudices as their parents. Many young people leave their hometowns to attend college, serve in armed forces, or pursue a career in a bigger city. One away from home and family, they are more likely to date and marry outside their own social group.

    0. interrelated

    1. particularly

    2. than

    3. dating/ to date

    4. most

    5.  of

    6. unsuitable

    7. between / among

    8. mobility

    9 . than

    10. once

     

    Part  4: (5 câu x 0,15 = 0,75)

    1. in 2. of 3. at 4. after 5. out

     

    Part 5:(10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    1. put down 2. track down 3. set about 4. come out 5. make up for
    6. step up 7. work out 8. turn down 9. stand for 10. see off

     

    III. READING (4,5 điểm)

    Part 1:(10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    1. C 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. C
    6. B 7. A 8. D 9. B 10. C

     

    Part 2: (10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    1. stress 2. in / during 3. Even 4. instead 5. who / that
    6. themselves 7. at 8. how 9. suffer 10. the

     

    Part 3:(10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

     

    1. D 2. C 3. D 4. D 5. A
    6. NOT GIVEN 7. NO 8. YES 9. NOT GIVEN 10. YES

     

    1. WRITING. ( 5 điểm)

    Part 1: (5 câu x 0,2 = 1 điểm)

    1. Exhausted as / though Mary was / might be, she agreed to join the activity.
    2. The minute / moment we have received the information , we’ll let you know.
    3. Only by using it ( a language) regularly, can you really master a language (it).
    4. Nobody is to blame for the match cancellation / the match’s cancellation / the cancellation of the match / the fact that the match was cancelled.
    5. I have no intention of apologising / apologizing to either of them.

    Part 2:(5 câu x 0,2 = 1 điểm)

    1. As long as he could see, it made no difference to Kevin where he sat in the stadium.
    2. We should have been informed of / about the change of the date.
    3. Jane was talked into entering the competition by her family.
    4. It never occurred to us that Julian might be planning to resign from his job.
    5. Sally was on the point of leaving the office when her boss asked her to type up a report.

    Part 2: (3 điểm)     Giám khảo tự quyết định dựa vào các yêu cầu sau:

    – Task fulfillment (idea/content): 30%

    – Essay organization (coherence, cohesion); 30%

    – Vocabulary/structures (variety, accuracy, appropriacy): 30%

    – Handwriting, essay layout … : 10%

             

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    UBND TỈNH HẢI  DƯƠNG

    SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

    ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC

     

     

    KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI TỈNH

    LỚP 12 THPT NĂM HỌC 2013 – 2014

     

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    Thời gian làm bài: 180 phút

    (Đề thi có 05 trang)

     

    Học sinh làm bài vào tờ giấy thi.

    Phần trắc nghiệm: Chỉ cần viết chữ cái A, hoặc B, C, D.

    Phần tự luận: Viết đầy đủ theo yêu cầu của bài.

    (Thí sinh không được sử dụng tài liệu gì.)

    1. LISTENING
    2. Listen to an interview on transportation and fill in each of the blanks with NO MORE THAN 3 WORDS / NUMBERS (5.0 points).
    Questions

     

     

     

    Names

    How do you get to school?

    How far is it from your home to school?

    How long does it take you to get to school?

     

    Are you ever late because of transportation problems?

    Suggestions for improving the transportation?

     

    Mike

    By bus (2)__________ 15 or 20 minutes (4)__________ need more buses
     

     

    Liz

    (1)_________  20 miles  It depends No need (5)__________

    subway system

     

    Tom

    By bike  A few blocks  (3)__________ No
    1. Listen to a conversation between Daphne and her father. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) (5.0 points).
        T F
    6. Daphne is playing a computer game at the moment.    
    7. Daphne’s dad doesn’t know what an e-mail is.    
    8. Daphne’s dad thinks emails are cheap to send.    
    9. Telephone rates are cheaper after 6:00 pm.    
    10. Daphne’s dad would like to send an e-mail.    

    III. Listen to an announcement at a school fête and choose the best answer for the following statements and questions (5.0 points).

    1. The money will be spent on__________
    2. school computers B. a new building        C. the fête                   D. a new swimming pool
    3. What starts at 2 o’clock?
    4. The fête. B. The county gymnastics competition.
    5. The gymnastics display D. Fun and games
    6. You can have a coffee break__________
    7. in classroom 6 B. in classroom 7         C. in the sports hall     D. in the front playground
    8. You can enter the three-legged race if you are__________
    9. a child with an adult B. a mum and a dad    C. an aunt and an uncle                D. an adults over 18
    10. You should buy your raffle tickets __________
    11. by 4.30 pm B. at 5 pm
    12. when you enter the fête D. anytime before 5pm

     

    1. PHONETICS – GRAMMAR – VOCABULARY – LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS
    2. Choose the word that has a different stress pattern from the others in the groups (5.0 points)
    3. A. individual B. entertainment C. introduction                        D. environment
    4. A. knowledge B. miserable             C. reaction                   D. accident
    5. A. political B. yesterday C. ambulance              D. furniture
    6. A. confidence B. minimize C. complaint                D. imitate
    7. A. company B. atmosphere C. customer                 D. employment
    8. Choose the word, phrase or expression which best completes each sentence (15 points)
    9. Peter: “ I’ve got to go, Betty. So long.” Betty: ” So long, Peter. And __________
    10. be careful B. don’t hurry C. take care                 D. don’t take
    11. John: “How lovely your house is!” Jack: “__________”
    12. I love it, too. B. Thank you, it’s nice of you to say so.
    13. Can you say that again. D. Really? It is.
    14. Mr. Thomson is one of the most distinguished scientists in his __________ .
    15. matter              B. field                        C. part                         D. place
    16. There has been a great __________ in her English.
    17. escalation                   B. rise                          C. increase                   D. improvement
    18. The __________ of the general election will be known today.
    19. result                         B. decision                  C. effect                                  D. choice
    20. Released in 1915, __________
    21. D.W Griffith’s made an epic film about the Civil War, Birth of a Nation.
    22. the Civil War was the subject of D.W. Griffith’s epic film, Birth of a Nation.
    23. D.W. Griffith’s epic film Birth of a Nation was about the Civil War.
    24. the subject of D.W. Griffith’s epic film Birth of a Nation was the Civil War.
    25. As soon as you buy a car, it starts falling in __________.
    26. cost B. worth C. value                       D. price
    27. Boy: “Would you say that English is a global language?” Girl: “__________ “
    28. Yes, it has. B. I like it.
    29. I don’t understand the difference. D. Oh, absolutely.
    30. The couple decided to __________ every month for their retirement.
    31. put some money away B. put some money aside
    32. take up some money D. take some money away

    30.The taxi was so late reaching the station that my father __________ missed his train.

    1. rarely B. immediately C. entirely                   D. almost

    31.__________an emergency arise, call 911.

    1. Should B. Can C. Does                       D. Will

    32.The doctor gave the patient __________ examination to discover the cause of his collapse.

    1. a thorough B. an exact C. a universal              D. a whole

    33.On __________ she had passed the exam, she jumped for joy.

    1. having told B. he was told C. being told               D. telling
    2. Henry: ” __________ ” John: “Nothing.”
    3. What do you do? B. What’s new?                       C. How are you?         D. Are you a newcomer?
    4. Sarah: “I am terribly sorry, Mr. Johnson. I won’t be able to come to the office tomorrow.”

    Mr. Johnson: ” __________ ”

    1. Oh, that’s annoying. B. Sounds like fun.     C. Well, never mind.   D. Great, Sarah.

    III. Give the correct form of the words in brackets (10 points).

    1. (MYSTERY), the light came on though no one was near the switch.
    2. Excessive (EXPOSE) to direct sunlight should of course be avoided.
    3. The complete (RELEVANT) of this answer shows that the student did not read the question carefully.
    4. Most birds (MIGRATORY) in the winter.
    5. When a boy, Bob was a very (ATTEND) student and seemed to spend most of the time looking out of the window.
    6. Travelling gives young people opportunities to (DEPTH) their understanding of the world.
    7. The living-room is littered with (DISCARD) newspapers.
    8. The boys took part in the competition with great (ENTHUSIAST).
    9. Most young Americans want to lead a / an (DEPEND) life at the age of twenty.
    10. (NEW) energy sources such as wind and wave power are pollution-free.
    11. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting: (5.0 points)
    12. Visitors may realize that even though they can’t make their homes in Venice city, they can take away with

    A                       B

    them memories of their beauty.

    C                           D

    1. The news of the negotiations for a peace treaty between the two Presidents were received with mixed emotions by

    A                                                                                                                                B                                      C

    the citizens of both countries .

    D

    1. 48. If they took their language lesson seriously, they would be able to communicate with the locals

    A                                            B                    C                                                        D

    1. 49. The Girls Scouts, found by Juliette Gordon Low in 1912, has grown to a current membership of more than

    A                                                               B                                                       C

    three million girls.

    D

    1. Americans annually import more than $ 3 billion worthy of Italian clothing, jewelry, and shoes.

    A                                        B                            C                        D

    1. READING
    2. Read the following passage and decide which option A, B, C or D best fits each space: (10 points)

    These days in business, people have to face many challenging questions when designing and implementing new projects in undeveloped areas of the countryside. One issue which has to be faced is whether it is possible to introduce new technology without destroying the local environment.

    Economic (51) __________and environmental conservation are often seen as natural enemies. It is unfortunate that in the past this has often been true, and it has been necessary to choose between (52) __________the project or protecting the environment. However, by taking environmental considerations (53) __________at an early stage in a project, companies can significantly reduce any impacts on local plants and animals.

    For example, in southern Africa, a company called CEL was asked to put up 410 km of a power transmission line without disturbing the rare birds which inhabit that area. The project was carried out with (54) __________disturbance last summer. What may surprise many business people is the fact that this consideration for local wildlife did not in any way (55) __________down the project. Indeed, the necessary advance planning (56) __________with local knowledge and advanced technology, (57) __________that the project was actually completed ahead of schedule. CEL was contracted to finish the job by October and (58) __________to do so two months earlier.

    CEL is one of those companies which is (59) __________ to the principle of environmental conservation. Many other companies have yet to be (60) __________ of the importance of balancing the needs of people with those of the environment. However, it may be the only realistic way forward.

    51. A. development B. progression C. rise D. increase
    52. A. running B. dealing C. controlling D. leading
    53. A. deeply B. gravely C. seriously D. severely
    54. A. bare B. smallest C. least D. minimal
    55. A. turn B. slow C. speed D. hold
    56. A. tied B. combined C. added D. related
    57. A. led B. caused C. resulted D. meant
    58. A. managed B. succeeded C. achieved D. fulfilled
    59. A. promised B. persuaded C. convicted D. committed
    60. A. argued B. convinced C. urged D. impressed
    1. There are 5 blanks in the passage below. From the words provided in the box, choose the most suitable for each blank. There are THREE extra words that you do not need to use (5 points).
    A. But

    B. need

    C. bad

    D. true

    E. help

    F. good

    G. benefit

    H. Indeed

    In Britain, the average young person now spends more money on games each year than on going to the cinema or renting videos. But is this necessarily a (61) __________ thing? For years, newspaper reports have been saying that children who spend too much time playing computer games become unsociable, bad- tempered, even violent as a result. But new research, carried out in both Europe and the USA, suggests that the opposite may be (62) __________.

    (63) __________, playing some of the more complicated games may help people of all ages to improve certain skills. Researchers claim that this is because the games make the brain work harder in certain ways, like imagining sounds and movements quickly and identifying what they are. The fact that people play the games repeatedly means that they get a lot of practice in these skills which are therefore likely to become highly developed.

    Social skills may (64) __________, too. Researchers in Chicago think that fans of first- person shooter games such as “Counterstrike” are better than non-players when it comes to building trust and co-operation, and that this helps them to make good friendships and become strong members of  their communities. So rather than giving up computer games, perhaps young people (65) __________ to spend more time on them?

    III. Read the passage and choose the correct answer for each question (10 points).

    In the world today, particularly in the two most industrialized areas, North America and Europe, recycling is big news. People are talking about it, practicing it, and discovering new ways to be sensitive to the environment. Recycling means finding ways to use products a second time. The motto of the recycling movement is “ Reduce, Reuse, Recycle”.

    The first step is to reduce garbage. In stores, a shopper has to buy products in blister packs, boxes and expensive plastic wrappings. A hamburger from a fast food restaurant comes in lots of packaging: usually paper, a box and a bag. All that packaging is wasted resources. People should try to buy things that are wrapped simply, and reuse cups and utensils. Another way to reduce waste is to buy high-quality products. When low quality appliances break, many customers throw them away and buy new ones – a loss of more resources and more energy. For example, if a customer buys high-quality appliance that can be easily repaired, the manufacturer receives an important message. In the same way, if a customer chooses a product with less packaging, that customer sends an important message to manufacturers. To reduce garbage, the throwaway must stop.

    The second step is to reuse. It is better to buy juices and soft drinks in returnable bottles. After customers empty the bottles, they can return them to the store. The manufacturers of the drinks collect the bottles, wash them, and then fill them again. The energy that is necessary to make new bottles is saved. In some parts of the world, returning bottles for money is a common practice. In those places, the garbage dumps have relatively little glass and plastic from throwaway bottles.

    The third step is to recycle. Spent motor oil cans can be cleaned and used again. Aluminum cans are costly to make. It takes the same amount of energy to make one aluminum can as it does to run a color TV set for three hours. When people collect and recycle aluminum (for new cans), they help save one of the world’s precious resources.

    1. What does the passage mainly discuss?
    2. what is involved in the recycling movement.
    3. what people often understand about the term recycle.
    4. how to live sensitive to the environment.
    5. how to reduce garbage disposal.
    6. The word sensitivein the first paragraph is closest in meaning to __________
    7. responding B. logical C. cautious              D. friendly
    8. People can do the following to reduce waste EXCEPT__________.
    9. buy high-quality product
    10. buy fewer hamburgers
    11. buy simply-wrapped things
    12. reuse cups
    13. Why is it a waste when customers buy low-quality products?
    14. Because they have to be repaired many times
    15. Because they produce less energy.
    16. Because customers change their ideas all the time.
    17. Because people will soon throw them away
    18. What is the best description of the process of reuse?
    19. The bottles are collected, washed, returned and filled again.
    20. The bottles are collected, returned filled again and washed.
    21. The bottles are filled again after being returned, collected and washed.
    22. The bottles are washed, returned, filled again and collected.
    23. The garbage dumps in some areas have relatively little glass and plastic because__________
    24. each returned bottle is paid. B. people are ordered to return bottles
    25. not many bottles are made of glass or plastic D. returned bottles are few
    26. The word practice in the third paragraph is closest in meaning to __________
    27. drill B. exercise C. deed                                   D. belief
    28. The energy used to make a can is __________the energy used to run a color TV set for 3 hours.
    29. more than B. less than
    30. as much as D. not worth being compared to
    31. The word precious in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to__________.
    32. natural B. substantial C. first                         D. invaluable
    33. Which statement is true according to the passage?
    34. It’s imppossible to recycle aluminum.
    35. Aluminum is one resource that needs to be saved.
    36. Aluminum is a lasting resource.
    37. It’s cheap to make aluminum cans.

     

     

     

    1. WRITING
    2. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it (5 points).
    3. The cost of living has gone up considerably in the past few years.

    – There ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Their chances of success are small.

    – It is ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Someone has suggested abolishing income tax.

    – It ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Most people can understand Tom when he speaks Vietnamese.

    – Tom can make ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. We are thankful to General Vo Nguyen Giap for his contribution to the cause of the national liberation.

    – We are thankful to General Vo Nguyen Giap for what ………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Use the suggested words and phrases below to make complete sentences of a passage(10 points).
    2. Come / enjoy / three hundred years / history / single day!
    3. Highfield House / one / Britain’s finest old buildings / attractive / well-kept gardens / good view / beautiful North Norfolk coast.
    4. Until recently / it / home / members / Highfield family.
    5. Now / however / this classic 18th century hall / living museum / full /art / history.
    6. There / so many attractions / from beautiful rooms / peaceful picnic places / by / lake.
    7. You can even / trip / water / if / weather / suitable.
    8. Enjoy / guided tour / House / start / the grandeur of the entrance / carry on through / various rooms.
    9. tour / House / end / old kitchen / where valuable antique tools / display.

    III. It is said that modern technology makes it easier for students to learn. Do you agree or disagree with the statement? Write an essay of about 180 – 200 words to support your opinion (10 points)

     

    ———THE END———

     

    Họ và tên thí sinh:………………………………………………………………..Số báo danh………………………

    Họ và tên, chữ ký Giám thị 1:…………………………………………………………………………………………..

    Họ và tên, chữ ký Giám thị 2:…………………………………………………………………………………………..

    UBND TỈNH HẢI  DƯƠNG

    SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

    HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

     

     

    ĐÁP ÁN VÀ BIỂU ĐIỂM

    ĐỀ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI TỈNH

    LỚP 12 THPT NĂM HỌC 2013 – 2014

     

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    1. LISTENING: (15 points)
    2. (5.0 p): 1 point for each correct answer:
    3. by car / drive 2. five / 5 miles 3. fifteen / 15 minutes
    4. Yes 5. a better
    5. (5.0 p): 1 point for each correct answer:
    6. F 7. T 8. F                              9. T                              10. T

    III. (5.0 p): 1 point for each correct answer:

    1. D 12. C 13. A                           14. A                           15. A
    2. PHONETICS: (5.0 points)

    1 point for each correct answer:

    1. D 17. C 18. A                           19. C                           20. D
    2. GRAMMAR – VOCABULARY – LANGUAGE FUNCTION:
    3. (15 points): 1 point for each correct answer:
    4. C 22. B 23. B                           24. D                           25. A
    5. C 27. C 28. D                           29. B                           30. D
    6. A 32. A 33. C                           34. B                           35. C
    7. (10 points): 1 point for each correct answer:
    8. MYSTERIOUSLY 37. EXPOSURE        38. IRRELEVANCE            39. MIGRATE
    9. INATTENTIVE 41. DEEPEN 42. DISCARDED      43. ENTHUSIASM.
    10. INDEPENDENT 45. RENEWABLE

    III. (5.0 points): 1 point for each correct answer:

    1. D 47. B 48. A                           49. A                           50. C
    2. READING:
    3. (10 points): 1 point for each correct answer:
    4. A 52. A 53. C                           54. D                           55. B
    5. B 57. D 58. A                           59. D                           60. B
    6. (5 points): 1 point for each correct answer:
    7. C 62. F 63. H                           64. G                           65. B

    III. (10 points): 1 point for each correct answer:

    1. A 67. D 68. B                           69. D                           70. C
    2. A 72. C 73. C                           74. D                           75. B
    3. WRITING:
    4. (5 points): 1 point for each correct answer:
    5. – There has been a considerable increase / rise in the cost of living in the past few years.
    6. – It is unlikely that they will succeed / will be successful.

    – It is likely that they will not succeed / will not be successful.

    1. – It has been suggested that income tax should be abolished.
    2. – Tom can make himself understood when he speaks Vietnamese.
    3. – We are thankful to General Vo Nguyen Giap for what he contributed to / what he did for the cause of the national liberation.
    4. (10 points)
    5. Come and enjoy three hundred years of history in a single day! (1.0 p)
    6. Highfield House is one of Britain’s finest old buildings (1.0 p) with attractive, well-kept gardens and a good view of the beautiful North Norfolk coast. (1.0 p)
    7. Until recently, it was the home of the members of the Highfield family. (1.0 p)
    8. Now, however, this classic 18th century hall is a living museum (which is) full of art and history. (1.0 p)
    9. There are so many attractions from the beautiful rooms to the peaceful picnic places / such as the beautiful rooms and the peaceful picnic places by the lake.(1.0 p)
    10. You can even have / make / take a trip on the water if the weather is suitable. (1.0 p)
    11. Enjoy a guided tour of the House, starting with the grandeur of the entrance (1.0 p), and carry on through the various rooms. (1.0 p)
    12. The tour of the House ends in the old kitchen where / in which valuable antique tools are display. (1.0 p)

    III. (10 points):

    1. Form: essay (1.0 points)

    + include 3 parts:

    – introduction

    – body

    – conclusion

    1. Organization: (10 points)

    – easy to follow

    – coherent

    1. Content: (4.0 points):

                – successful fulfillment of the task with important ideas and relevant details

    1. Language: (4.0 points)

                – a variety of structures and sentences patterns

                – appropriate vocabulary

    – suitable connectors

    – correct grammar

    – correct punctuating / spelling

    ———THE END———